home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search
Text File | 1985-01-24 | 297.5 KB | 9,274 lines |
- ATD16169823503
-
- CONNECT
- DISPLAY version 1.4 released 1-11-85.
- = M =
- Zenith Data Systems Software Consultation Information Bulletin Board
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Product Bulletins and Special Announcements 01/18/85 22k
- B - Information about the bulletin board 01/11/85 8k
- C - General Software Consultation Information 11/26/84 16k
- D - Zenith Data Systems Hardware & Software Products 12/06/84 9k
- E - Z-100 PC List of Tested Hardware and Software 01/02/85 33k
- F - Applications software information 08/09/84 40k
- G - Operating systems/languages software information 01/18/85 192k
- H - General computer hardware related information 01/02/85 67k
- * - Download all bulletin board material 373k
- X - EXIT BULLETIN BOARD
- Y - Change the default number of lines per screen
- Z - Leave a comment for Software Consultation
- Enter the letter of the desired option - *
- = MA =
- Product Bulletins and Announcements
- -----
- January 18, 1984
-
- Zenith Data Systems is now shipping a green screen version of the Z-49 DEC
- VT-102 compatible terminal (model number Z-49-G, list price $1099).
- -----
- January 11, 1984
-
- Zenith Data Systems Software Consultation Bulletin Board now has two phone
- lines and computers to serve you. If the first phone line/computer is busy
- you will be automatically transferred to the second phone line/computer. If
- the second is also busy then you will receive a busy signal.
- -----
- January 10, 1984
-
- There have been some communications problems over the past couple of weeks
- which have caused difficulty with connecting to the bulletin board. These
- have been corrected and there should no longer be any difficulty with making
- a connection. We apologize for any inconvenience this may have caused.
- -----
- December 5, 1984
-
- Zenith Data Systems is now offering Computer Innovations Optimizing C86
- version 2.2 'C' compiler for the Z-100 and Z-150 series of computers. Model
- number, CI-5063-1 list price, $420. This version of 'C' features support of
- Z-DOS, MS-DOS version 2 operating system functions and Z-150 only graphics.
- -----
- December 5, 1984
-
- Zenith Data Systems is now shipping The Programmer's Reference Manual, model
- number TM-150, list price $25. This manual contains additional information
- supplementing the Programmers Utility Pack concerning some of the hardware
- level operation specifically for assembly language programmers. Also
- included is the iAPX 88 Book from Intel to provide you with a complete,
- comprehensive description of the Intel 8088 and its instruction set.
- -----
- December 3, 1984
-
- Additional programs and documentation have been developed to improve IBM
- compatibility and provide additional features for the Z-150 MS-DOS version 2
- operating system (OS-63-50). The programs are: NODEBUG - temporarily
- disable Zenith extended debugging features which conflict with some third
- party software, BOOTF - temporarily disable the winchester and boot the
- floppy to run some third party software, MODE - an IBM compatible program
- similar to CONFIGUR, COMP - an IBM compatible program similar to FC, TREE -
- an IBM compatible program similar to SEARCH, MAP - a program to change drive
- names similar to IBM ASSIGN, ANSI.SYS - an ANSI console device driver and
- MDISK.DVD - a memory disk device driver. Documentation on these additional
- programs is included for incorporating into the current manual. These
- programs and documentation are being included with all current production
- and are available as updates for a small charge to current owners of the
- product (part number 840-43, price $17.35 plus $1.74 shipping and handling)
- by contacting the Heath Company parts department. The phone number is (616)
- 982-3571.
- -----
- November 27, 1984
-
- An advanced graphics card (model number Z-319, list price $499) is now being
- shipped for the Z-100 PC series of computers. This card provides Z-100
- style graphics for the Z-100 PC computers. This card when used with a new
- operating system (model number OS-63-51, list price $150) provides a high
- level of hardware and software compatibility with most Z-100 programs. At
- this time only LOTUS and CPS have been identified as not usable with this
- configuration.
- -----
- November 26, 1984
-
- On the first anniversary of the implementation of the bulletin board Zenith
- Data Systems is proud to announce the implementation of new software which
- should make the bulletin board easier and faster to use. The primary
- feature of this new software is the implementation of hierarchical menus
- which makes it possible to select specific items of information from more
- categories than were previously available. See the section on information
- about the bulletin board for details on the use of the new software.
- -----
- August 31, 1984
-
- The MS-DOS version 2 Programmers Utility Pack for the Z100 and Z100 PC
- series of computers has shipped. The model number is CB-5063-16 the list
- price is $199. This product contains the Microsoft MASM version 1.27
- assembler, a screen oriented program editor and sources to the Z100 and Z100
- PC operating systems as well as complete documentation of all operating
- system and BIOS functions plus numerous utilities useful to assembly
- language programmers.
- -----
- July 27, 1984
-
- The MS-DOS version 2 operating system for the Z100 series of computers has
- shipped. The model number is OS-61-8 the list price is $150. All
- registered owners of the Z-DOS operating system will be receiving a $50
- discount coupon toward the purchase of MS-DOS version 2.
- -----
- February 22, 1984
-
- ZENITH INTRODUCES SERIES OF FIVE
-
- IBM-COMPATIBLE PERSONAL COMPUTERS
-
- GLENVIEW, Ill-- Zenith Data Systems Corporation (ZDS), a wholly-owned
- subsidiary of Zenith Radio Corporation, today introduced its series of five
- new IBM PC-compatible person computer models at news conferences in New York
- and San Francisco.
-
- ZDS also announced that it is negotiating with four major OEM
- (original equipment manufacturer) accounts to supply more than $50 million
- worth of the new personal computers during the next 12 months. Furthermore,
- with the addition of these new PC models, commitments from ZDS distributors
- for the Z-100 family of computers are five times greater than a year ago.
- "The new Zenith Z-100 PCs are IBM-compatibles that go beyond
- compatibility by offering more standard features, improved design and better
- performance -- all in a smaller package and at competitive prices," said
- Donald P. Moffet, ZDS president.
- The Z-100 PC systems are both software and expansion-board
- compatible with the IBM PC.
- "To date, we have successfully tested more than 175 software
- programs written for the IBM PC, and dozens of plug-in boards as well,"
- Moffet said. "We ran them right out of the box -- without any modification
- -- and this includes such standards for compatibility as Lotus 1-2-3* and
- Flight Simulator**."
- The new line of Z-100 PCs includes three desktop systems and two
- portable systems. All have 128K RAM expandable to 640K, two RS-232-C serial
- ports, one Centronics-compatible parallel port, RGB color ouput, an IBM
- expansion bus and a detached keyboard. When fully configured, all have four
- additional slots for expansion. Desktop models also provide "gray-scale"
- monochrome output.
- Desktop systems are available in three configurations with 5-1/4
- inch floppy disk drives: a single-drive system ($2,699 suggested retail), a
- dual-drive system ($3,099 suggested retail), and a dual-drive system with
- one floppy disk drive and one 10.6 million byte Winchester hard disk drive
- ($4,799 suggested retail). Desktop systems do not include a monitor as
- standard equipment.
- The two portable systems, both with built-in 9-inch amber monitors,
- have suggested retail prices of $2,799 for single floppy disk drive version
- and $3,199 for the dual floppy disk drive version.
- Shipments of the new Z-100 PC desktop models have begun. Portable
- model shipments are planned for early May.
- The new Z-100 PCs will be distributed through the ZDS network of 23
- U.S. and Canadian wholesale distributors and more than 950 retail outlets in
- North America, including Control Data Business Centers, and through direct
- sales to national accounts, educational institutions and government
- agencies. They also will be available at any of the 73 North American
- Heathkit Electronic Centers and through the Heathkit mail order catalog.
- Zenith Data Systems products also are distributed overseas through wholly-
- owned subsidiaries in major European countries and more than 40 independent
- distributors throughout the world.
- ZDS markets desktop and portable microcomputer systems, video
- monitors and terminals to businesses, professionals, colleges and
- universities, government agencies and original equipment manufacturers.
-
- *Lotus 1-2-3 is a trademark of Lotus Development Corporation.
-
- **Flight Simulator is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
- -----
- February 22, 1984
-
- ZENITH DATA SYSTEMS' PERSONAL COMPUTERS
-
- CONFIGURATION
-
- 1. Q: What is the Zenith Data Systems Personal Computer?
-
- A: The Zenith Data Systems Personal Computer is a line of personal
- computers in series of both desktop and portable configurations.
-
- 2. Q: What is the basic configuration of the Zenith Data Systems
- Personal Computer?
-
- A: The basic configuration consists of:
-
- * A system unit which houses 128K of RAM, two (2) RS-232-C serial ports,
- one (1) parallel port, Color graphics capabilities with RGBI and composit
- monochrome output and one (1) 5-1/4" 48 TPI DSDD 360K floppy disk drive.
- Detached keyboard.
-
- 3. Q: What is the basic configuration of the portable system?
-
- A: The portable unit is a compact system with 128K of RAM, two (2)
- RS-232C serial ports, one (1) parallel port, one (1) 5-1/4" 48TPI DSDD 360K
- floppy disk drive, built-in 9" amber monitor and RGBI color output.
-
- COMPATIBILITY
-
- 1. Q: What is the compatibility between the Zenith Data Systems
- Personal Computer and the IBM PC?
-
- A: Virtually all programs written for the IBM PC will run on the
- ZDS PC without modification. (Zenith Data Systems will regularly publish a
- listing of tested software.)
-
- It will accept many of the expansion boards made available for the
- IBM PC. (A list of tested expansion boards will also be available from
- Zenith Data Systems' distributors and dealers).
-
- 2. Q: What are the differences between the ZDS PC and the IBM PC?
-
- A: The ZDS PC has a smaller footprint, increased expansion
- capability, larger power supply, more extensive and faster built-in
- diagnostics, improved keyboard layout and enhanced video characteristics.
-
- 3. Q: Will Z-100 software run on the ZDS PC?
-
- A: Programs which perform I/O through MS-DOS should run without
- modification. For example: Fortran, Pascal compilers, and assemblers.
-
- HARDWARE
-
- 1. Q: What major components make up the Zenith Data Systems Personal
- Computer system unit?
-
- A: 1. Power Supply (165 watt rating). 2. Back plane board with
- four (4) available expansion slots. 3. CPU board with 8088 processor and
- socket for 8087 co-processor installation. 4. Controller Board -- supports
- two (2) internal 5-1/4" floppies; two (2) external floppies (no external
- connection); two (2) RS-232C compatible DTE serial ports. 5. Memory Board
- -- 128K RAM installed. Expandable to 320K in 64K increments. 6. Video
- Board -- 32K video RAM (16K for video and 16K spare for monitor). 7.
- Drive -- 5-1/4" 48TPI DSDD 360K floppy disk drive.
-
- 2. Q: How much ROM is included in the ZDS PC?
-
- A: 32K bytes.
-
- 3. Q: What functions does the ROM provide?
-
- A: I/O to and from screens, keyboard, disk, serial and parallel I/O
- ports, plus a full Microsoft Debug compatible debugger with extensions to
- set the video modes and to boot from disk.
-
- 4. Q: Is it a dual microprocessor system like the Z-100?
-
- A: No, the ZDS PC uses the 16-bit 8088 microprocessor.
-
- 5. Q: What is the clock speed of the processor?
-
- A: 4.77 Mhz - the same as the IBM PC.
-
- 6. Q: Does it have sound and music capabilities?
-
- A: It has an internal speaker that can be programmed to play music.
- This capability is supported in BASIC.
-
- 7. Q: What type of RAM chips are used?
-
- A: 64K x 1 dynamic RAM chips are used. The system will accommodate
- 256K RAM chips when they are available.
-
- 8. Q: What is the maximum RAM memory expansion capability?
-
- A: Up to 320K on main memory board and second board can be added
- for total of 640K maximum. (Expansion can be done in 64K increments with
- the Z05-1 memory kit.)
-
- 9. Q: Does it have a real time clock?
-
- A: A software time clock is included. Battery-backed hardware
- clocks are available from third party supplier.
-
- 10. Q: What video modes are available?
-
- A: There are seven (7) video modes:
-
- 1. 40 columns x 25 lines B/W.
- 2. 40 columns x 25 lines color (16 colors).
- 3. 80 columns x 25 lines B/W.
- 4. 80 columns x 25 lines color (16 colors).
- 5. 320 horiz. lines x 200 vert. lines medium resolution color.
- 6. 320 horiz. lines x 200 vert. lines medium resolution B/W.
- 7. 640 horiz. lines x 200 vert. lines graphic B/W.
-
- In addition, high speed hardware scrolling and enhanced readability
- through smooth scrolling are present.
-
- 11. Q: Can I use a monochrome monitor and a color monitor at the same
- time?
-
- A: Yes.
-
- 12. Q: Can I address the monochrome output and the RGB output
- separately?
-
- A: No. Information will be displayed on both monitors
- simultaneously.
-
- 13. Q: What monitors can I use with the ZDS PC?
-
- A: Any high-resolution monitor which can be used on the Z-100 or
- IBM PC, except the IBM PC monochrome monitor.
-
- 14. Q: Will the ZDS PC emulate the IBM PC monochrome display?
-
- A: No.
-
- 15. Q: Is the video display bit mapped?
-
- A: Yes, in the medium and high resolution graphic mode.
-
- 16. Q: Does the ZDS PC provide for more than one character font?
-
- A: Yes. There are two (2) fonts available in ROM, one with two-dot
- wide vertical comparable to the IBM PC and single-dot vertical. ROM can
- accommodate two (2) additional fonts for OEM applications and alternate
- character fonts can be loaded in by software.
-
- 17. Q: What is the character matrix for the video characters?
-
- A: The characters are in an 8 x 8 matrix.
-
- 18. Q: What video oututs are on the ZDS PC?
-
- A: There are two outputs on the desktop model. RGBI (read, green,
- blue intensity) digital, TTL level, color output and composite monochrome
- video output with gray shading. The portable unit has RGBI output only.
-
- 19. Q: Can I connect my ZDS PC to my television set?
-
- A: It is not recommended. It could be done using an RF modulator;
- however, due to the high resolution producted by the ZDS PC, the displayed
- information might not be clear on the TV screen.
-
- 20. Q: Will the ZDS PC support a mouse?
-
- A: Yes. It will support either a serial or parallel mouse.
-
- KEYBOARD
-
- 1. Q: Is the ZDS PC keyboard identical to the IBM PC?
-
- A: Electrically yes. In fact, they are interchangeable between
- machines. However, the keys have been repositioned and re-identified to
- eliminate the confusion and problems associated with the IBM PC.
-
- 2. Q: Will the keyboard be sold separately?
-
- A: Yes.
-
- 3. Q: How many keys on the keyboard?
-
- A: Eighty-five (85), including ten (10) function keys.
-
- 4. Q: Are there any special function keys?
-
- A: Yes. There are twenty-four (24) special-function keys.
-
- 5. Q: Is there a numeric key pad?
-
- A: Yes. The key pad doubles as a cursor control pad.
-
- 6. Q: Do any of the keys have auto-repeat?
-
- A: Yes. All keys automatically auto-repeat, and the repeat rate
- increases as the key is held down.
-
- 7. Q: Are there edit keys on the keyboard?
-
- A: Yes. Cursor control keys, PGUP, PGDN, home, end insert and
- delete are included.
-
- 8. Q: Are the keys programmable?
-
- A: Yes, through third-party packages and information which are
- available to provide this capability to OEM's or system programmers.
-
- 9. Q: Is there a key click? If so, can it be turned off?
-
- A: Yes. There is a key click, and it can be turned off through
- software.
-
- POWER SUPPLY
-
- 1. Q: What is the rating of the power supply?
-
- A: 165 watts.
-
- 2. Q: Do I need to replace the power supply if I upgrade to a
- Winchester drive?
-
- A: No.
-
- 3. Q: Will the ZDS PC also operate at 230VAC 50 Hz for European
- operation?
-
- A: Yes. The power supply is switchable between 120 VAC, 60Hz and
- 230VAC, 50Hz.
-
- 4. Q: What is the power consuption of the ZDS PC (desktop), not
- including the monitor?
-
- A: 95 to 300 watts at 120VAC, depending on configuration.
-
- OPERATING SYSTEM
-
- 1. Q: What operating system is available for the ZDS PC?
-
- A: To facilitate the ZDS PC's use of a full spectrum of the
- available software written for the IBM PC and compatibles, both MS-DOS 2.0
- and MS-DOS 1.25 are supplied as the standard operating system offering.
- This also allows the use of either 320K or 360K formatted disks on the ZDS
- PC.
-
- 2. Q: Are there differences between the ZDS PC's MS-DOS and the IBM
- PC's PC-DOS?
-
- A: Yes. The ZDS PC MS-DOS is enhanced and comes with a new manual.
- NOTE: Programs written under PC-DOS will run under the ZDS PC's MS-DOS.
-
- 3. Q: Can a system programmer modify the ZDS PC's MS-DOS BIOS?
-
- A: Yes. An MS-DOS tool kit package containing BIOS source listings
- and notes, Macro 86 assembler, two full screen editors, CREF and other
- miscellaneous utilities will be made available.
-
- 4. Q: Is there a screen/graphics dump feature on the ZDS PC?
-
- A: Yes. There are six (6) graphic dump utilities provided for the
- IDS Prism, Okidata, MPI, MX-80, Printek 920 and Transtar.
-
- LANGUAGES
-
- 1. Q: What BASIC language is available for the ZDS PC?
-
- A: GW-BASIC 1.1 is the interpreted BASIC offered on the ZDS PC.
-
- 2. Q: Is GW-BASIC 1.1 compatible with the IBM PC's BASICA 1.0?
-
- A: Yes.
-
- 3. Q: Are there compiler languages available for the ZDS PC?
-
- A: Yes. Microsoft Fortran and Pascal compilers are available.
- NOTE: These compilers require a ZDS PC with 192K of memory.
-
- 4. Q: What available languages support the 8087 math processor?
-
- A: The Microsoft Fortran and Pascal available from Zenith support
- the 8087, unlike versions of these languages being sold by other vendors.
- An increasing number of applications programs are taking advantage of the
- speed of the math co-processor (Auto Cad, . . .).
-
- APPLICATIONS
-
- 1. Q: Is a demonstration disk available for the ZDS PC?
-
- A: Yes. A demonstration disk is in the user's manual provided with
- each ZDS PC.
-
- 2. Q: What electronic spread sheet packages are available for the ZDS
- PC?
-
- A: Lotus 1-2-3, Microsoft Multi-Plan 1.1 and Supercalc 3 (2nd
- Quarter) are available from Zenith for the ZDS PC.
-
- 3. Q: What word-processing packages are available for the ZDS PC?
-
- A: Microsoft Word 1.1 is available for the the ZDS PC from Zenith
- Data Systems.
-
- 4. Q: What accounting packages are available for the ZDS PC?
-
- A: BPI accounting series; Peachtree accounting products (2nd half
- of 1984).
-
- 5. Q: What communications packages are available for the ZDS PC?
-
- A: CPS
-
- 6. Q: Will the ZDS PC support Microsoft windows?
-
- A: Yes. Windowing is a function of certain applications, many of
- which will run on the ZDS PC.
-
- GENERAL
-
- 1. Q: Does Zenith Data Systems plan to market software for the ZDS PC?
- If so, what types of software?
-
- A: Yes. ZDS will offer operating systems, languages,
- communications, and applications software packages. We will continue to add
- to our software product line and to fully support all Zenith products with
- product testing, enchancements, custom configurations, improved
- documentation and telephone support lines.
-
- 2. Q: Does the ZDS PC emulate the VT-52 or any other terminal?
-
- A: Yes, but terminal emulation software is required.
-
- 3. Q: If I buy a floppy disk drive model, can I upgrade to a hard disk
- later?
-
- A: Yes. The upgrade will be very simple.
-
- SUPPORT
-
- 1. Q: Who do I contact for hardware assistance?
-
- A: The ZDS PC will be supported by ZDS Technical Support, ZDS
- Service and Heath Consultation.
-
- 2. Q: To what extent will ZDS Software Consultation support non ZDS
- software?
-
- A: Not at all.
-
- 3. Q: Will there be a ZDS PC software directory similar to the present
- Z-100 Software directory?
-
- A: No. There are many commercial directories available listing MS-
- DOS or PC-DOS programs.
-
- 4. Q: Will there be technical and service manuals available?
-
- A: Yes. There will be two manuals, sheduled to be available in
- May, 1984. The TM-150 will provide programming information, including BIOS
- listing. The SMZ service manual will provide complete hardware support,
- including schematics and circuit diagrams.
- -----
- December 17,1983
-
- PASCAL/MT+ (Catalog # DR-253-5) is now shipping. It runs on both CP/M 80
- and CP/M 85. (It is only available on soft sectored 5 1/4" diskettes.)
- -----
- December 2, 1983
-
- CP/M-80 version 2.2.04 update is now shipping. This update features
- improved documentation, simplified setup procedure and support for the Z-89-
- 11 card.
- -----
- November 29, 1983
-
- Heath/Zenith Data Systems Software Consultation is proud to announce
- the implementation of a new source of information about Heath/Zenith
- computers and software. An informational bulletin board is now available at
- (616) 982-3503. This is a general bulletin board completely open to the
- public and the phone number is available for general distribution.
-
- The bulletin board is intended to be an up to the minute source of
- information concerning Heath/Zenith software products. Helpful hints,
- sample programs and general information will all be available with this
- bulletin board.
-
- The bulletin board is a single-user system and will be available 24
- hours a day seven days a week. Occasional periodic maintenance and updating
- will probably be required. At these times the phone will not be answered.
-
- The bulletin board is implemented on a Z90 computer using a Hayes
- 1200 Smartmodem. Communication is supported at rates of 300 and 1200 baud.
- Standard RS232 ASCII protocol using 8 data bits 1 stop bit and no parity is
- used. This is the standard interface of all Heath/Zenith CPS packages as
- well as the standard setup for modem communications of all Heath/Zenith
- operating systems.
- = MB =
- Information about the bulletin board
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Description of the bulletin board 11/26/84 3k
- B - Commands for the bulletin board 01/11/85 2k
- C - How to Download the bulletin board 01/11/85 2k
- * - Download all the menu categories 7k
- = MBA =
- Description of the bulletin board
- -----
- revised November 26, 1984
-
- Heath/Zenith Data Systems Software Consultation is pleased to
- continue providing a new source of information about Heath/Zenith computers
- and software. An informational bulletin board is available at (616) 982-
- 3503. This is a general bulletin board completely open to the public and
- the phone number is available for general distribution.
-
- The bulletin board is intended to be an up to the minute source of
- information concerning Heath/Zenith software products. Helpful hints,
- sample programs and general information will all be available with this
- bulletin board.
-
- The bulletin board is composed of two phone lines/computers with an
- automatic seek past the busy line. The bulletin boards will be available 24
- hours a day seven days a week. Occasional periodic maintenance and updating
- will probably be required. At these times the phone will not be answered.
-
- The bulletin board is implemented on a Z89/Z90 computer using a
- Hayes 1200 Smartmodem. Communication is supported at rates of 300 and 1200
- baud. Standard RS232 ASCII protocol using 8 data bits 1 stop bit and no
- parity is used. This is the standard interface of all Heath/Zenith CPS
- packages as well as the standard setup for modem communications of all
- Heath/Zenith operating systems.
-
- If you have any comments or questions about the bulletin board
- please feel free to contact the Software Consultation Group during the
- normal business hours (8:00 am to 7:30 pm Eastern Time Zone). If your
- question is about the bulletin board in general or concerning operating
- systems or languages software items on the bulletin board please contact
- (616) 982-3860. If your question is concerning applications software items
- on the bulletin board please contact (616) 982-3884.
-
- The purpose of this bulletin board is to provide a free service to
- all our customers, dealers, OEM's, distributors, and Heathkit stores. This
- system will inform Heath/ZDS computer users about products, updates, and
- other pertinent information. Covered topics include:
-
- * Information and advice from Software Consultation
- * Z-150, Z-100 and H/Z-89 software and hardware news
-
- By calling this bulletin board regularly, you can be assured that
- you are reading the most current information -- directly from Heath/ZDS. The
- information contained in the bulletin board is extracted from the latest
- information available.
-
- When you connect to the system, it automatically begins
- communication at 300 or 1200 baud depending on the modem carrier. If it
- sits idle for five minutes, the bulletin board will automatically disconnect
- in order to reduce your phone charges and provide maximum access for others.
- = MBB =
- Commands for the bulletin board
- -----
- revised January 11, 1985
-
- The optimum way to use this bulletin board is to select the
- categories of interest and read each new entry. Newest entries are always
- put first on an information screen and dated so that you do not need to
- waste time skipping old entries. The menus indicate the date of the last
- changes. By remembering the last time you called you can know what
- information is new or has changed and save time by looking only at those
- items.
-
- When a connection is made the program will begin display of the
- first menu file. Commands will be accepted from the user at any time during
- the printing of the screen. There are three prompts that the program may
- give after it finishes printing a screen depending on whether the screen is
- a menu screen, an information screen followed by more information screens or
- the last information screen of a set. These prompts are:
-
- "Enter the desired option letter - "
- "Type the space bar to continue - "
- "Type the space bar to return to the menu - "
-
- The following one letter commands are available at any time to the
- program user. It is not necessary to wait to be prompted.
-
- These options take effect just prior to the next prompt:
-
- '*' begin continous download of the current menu or information
- screen and all submenus and information screens.
-
- ' ' halt download or continue with the next screen
-
- These options take effect immediately but do not abort the current screen:
-
- '^S' temporary halt of the output
-
- '^Q' or any other character resume after temporary halt
-
- These options take effect immediately and abort the current screen:
-
- '^K' proceed to the menu screen on an information screen and proceed
- to the very first menu screen if this is a menu screen.
-
- '^Z' disconnect from the bulletin board
-
- The following options are effective only after the menu prompt:
-
- BACKSPACE proceed to the previous menu screen.
-
- 'A' - 'W' possible menu option letter
-
- 'X' exit the bulletin board
-
- 'Y' change the number of default lines per screen
- = MBC =
- How to Download the bulletin board
- -----
- revised January 11, 1985
-
- The bulletin board supports CTRL S handshaking which is useful for
- downloading the data. When a CTRL S is received the bulletin board will
- pause till another character is received. This pause is limited to five
- minutes so any disk saves must be finished in that time and transfer
- restarted or the bulletin board will disconnect. You can download all the
- bulletin board or you can download only specific sections at your option.
- Whenever an asterisk is entered all information from that screen and below
- will be downloaded.
-
- Download is supported automatically when using CPS no protocol file
- receive. The entire suggested procedure for a total download is as follows:
- begin file transfer, make the connection, pause about ten seconds, send an
- '*'. If you are not using CPS no protocol file transfer then the following
- additional manual operations are necessary: when the data capture buffer is
- full send CTRL S, dump to disk, send the CTRL-Q character, repeat as
- necessary. The system will automatically disconnect at the end of a total
- download.
-
- If CTRL K is typed during the download the display of the current
- category will be aborted and immediately returned to the current menu.
- = MC =
- General Software Consultation Information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - How to obtain additional assistance 11/26/84 2k
- B - What to do with defective distribution disks 05/10/84 3k
- C - Extra copies of the software manuals 05/03/84 2k
- D - Update policy 04/20/84 2k
- E - How to examine software packages 05/19/83 1k
- F - Information about future software products 05/13/83 2k
- G - Procedures to follow when modifying programs 04/12/83 1k
- H - Selling user programs 01/24/83 2k
- * - Download all menu categories 15k
- X - EXIT BULLETIN BOARD
- = MCA =
- How to obtain additional assistance
- -----
- November 26, 1984
-
- If you have any questions regarding Heath/ZDS Software you can call the
- Software Consultation Group at:
-
- (616)-982-3884 Application Software/Softstuff Products
- (616)-982-3860 Operating Systems/Languages/Utilities
-
- You can also contact the Software Consultation Group at the following
- address:
-
- Zenith Data Systems Corporation
- Software Consultation
- Hilltop Road
- St. Joseph, MI 49085
-
- Consultation is available from 8:00 am to 7:30 pm (Eastern Time Zone) on
- regular business days.
-
- Sorry, but we are not able to evaluate or assist in the debugging of any
- programs you may develop, nor can we assist in making modifications to the
- standard product.
-
- Other numbers you can call for assistance are:
-
- (800)-253-7057 TOLL-FREE order call
- 8:00 AM to 8:00 PM Monday through Friday
-
- (800)-842-9000 (Outside of Illinois)
- ext 1 Dealer/Service Center Locating Service
- ext 2 Dealership startup information
-
- (616)-982-3411 order call for Alaska, Hawaii and Michigan
- 24 hours a day 7 days a week
-
- (616)-982-3309 Technical hardware assistance
- (for Heath computers and hardware only)
-
- Zenith computer and hardware owners should contact their dealer or local
- service center for assistance with hardware problems.
- = MCB =
- What to do with defective distribution disks
- -----
- May 10, 1984 #66
-
- Question: What should I do if I think that one of my original
- distribution disks is defective?
-
- Answer: You should go back over the instructions for the use of the
- disk very carefully to be sure that you are not using the disk improperly.
- Improper usage of a disk can often look like a bad disk when it is not. The
- two most common mistakes are to forget to type spaces when booting HDOS and
- forgetting to type CTRL C when changing a disk in CP/M. If you feel that
- you need help in determining if you are using the disk the right way please
- feel free to contact Software Consultation.
-
- We are sorry but it is now our policy to charge for replacement
- disks which are out of the 90 day warranty or have been damaged by the
- customer. Customer damage is usually defined as physical mutilation of the
- disk or removing the write protect tab from the disk. Non-warranty disk
- replacements are generally made at $24 per disk plus 10% for shipping and
- handling. Contact Software Consultation at (616) 982-3860 for operating
- systems/programming languages replacements and (616) 982-3884 for
- applications replacements. Be sure to have the model number and serial
- number available so that we can authorize immediate replacements if
- necessary. The replacement cost, if necessary, can be charged to VISA or
- MASTERCARD. You will also receive instructions about the defective disks
- which must be returned.
-
- You may also return your disk with proof of purchase date or the
- replacement charge to:
-
- Heath Company - Service Receiving
- Hilltop Road
- St. Joseph, MI 49085
-
- The disks when they are received are checked to determine if they
- are actually defective. If they are defective and the proper payment (if
- any) has been enclosed they will be replaced. If they are not defective the
- disk will be returned and the payment (if any) will be refunded. For this
- reason it is very important to describe in explicit detail what steps you
- performed and the errors you received in an explanatory letter with the disk
- returned.
- = MCC =
- Extra copies of the software manuals
- -----
- May 3, 1984 #67
-
- Question: How can I get an extra copy of my software manual?
-
- Answer: Software manuals are as much licensed materials as the
- software they accompany. It is not possible to purchase software manuals
- separate from the software they accompany. Since the software is intended
- (and licensed) for a single user only one copy of the manual is considered
- necessary. Additional copies of the manual are only available as complete
- packages with additional software and licenses.
-
- If a software manual is found to be defective then the manual must
- be returned and a replacement will be authorized. If the cost of the manual
- is to be covered by the 90 day warranty replacement then a dated proof of
- purchase must be provided. These items and the software serial number
- should be sent to:
-
- Heath Company - Service Receiving
- Hilltop Road
- Saint Joseph, Michigan 49085
-
- Only the pages of the manual should be returned for replacement. Please
- keep the binder and any divider tabs.
- = MCD =
- Update policy
- -----
- April 20, 1984 #68
-
- Question: Could you please explain what the policy is concerning
- updates and new versions of software?
-
- Answer: The Heath/Zenith update policy for software products is,
- and will remain quite flexible, due to the large number of software vendors
- with which we deal and the variety of terms under which their products are
- licensed. In general terms it is as follows:
-
- From time to time as significant changes are made to our software
- products, software updates for these products may be made available.
- Generally, if changes are made to fix major problems, resulting updates are
- sent to registered users free of charge. If changes in the product are
- enhancements, resulting updates are generally offered to registered users
- for a nominal fee. Fees are determined by royalties and other manufacturing
- and engineering costs. In no case are any updates offered to users who have
- not returned their signed, End-User Non-Disclosure and Sublicense
- Agreement.
-
- Changes are made periodically to our software products in an effort
- to improve their performance. Some of these changes would not be considered
- significant by most of our users and are made to the production masters on a
- running change basis. If you desire the most current version of a software
- product, you may purchase replacement disks in the most current version for
- $24.00 per disk, provided you are a registered user of that software
- product.
- = MCE =
- How to examine software packages 05/19/83 1k
- -----
- May 19, 1983
-
- Question: Is there any way that I can look over a software package
- to make sure it is what I want before I buy it?
-
- Answer: Some stores and dealers have copies of the software
- packages which they may let you examine to see if that is what you want.
- When you purchase a software package be sure to examine the manual very
- carefully to be sure it is what you want before registering the software and
- opening the sealed inner software program pack. If the package is not what
- you want then it can be returned for a full refund providing the seals on
- the inner software program pack have not been broken and the manual is in
- resaleable condition. We are sorry but it is not possible to examine the
- software programs themselves and still be able to return the package for a
- refund.
- = MCF =
- Information about future software products
- -----
- May 13, 1983
-
- Question: What can you tell me about CP/M-3.0, FORTH, LISP, C-80,
- C-86, and other software packages which are not products, whether they will
- be available as products and if so when they will be available?
-
- Answer: Software Consultation has no information about software
- packages which are not currently Heath/Zenith products or possible future
- updates to current products. Any information about possible future products
- and updates which have not been officially announced is confidential and
- cannot be discussed.
-
- After a software package is officially announced as a product,
- information as to whether it or any other current product is actually in
- stock and when it will be shipped is only available from the order
- department. Updates, when available, will be shipped only to registered
- software owners. Information concerning registration and the shipping of
- updates is only available from the software registration department.
- = MCG =
- Procedures to follow when modifying programs 04/12/83 1k
- -----
- April 12, 1983
-
- Question: What procedures should I follow when I modify my
- programs?
-
- Answer: The most important thing to remember is to modify only a
- copy of your program. Under no circumstances should you ever modify your
- original distribution disks. You should not modify your working copies
- until you have fully tested the changes and are absolutely certain that the
- changes you have made are acceptable.
-
- Software Consultation will not perform any modification of user
- software nor can we assist in user modifications to the standard product.
- On occasion we may suggest patches, if available to correct known problems,
- that the user can make to his copies of the software but these modifications
- are always the responsibility of the person who makes them. Zenith Data
- Systems in general and Software Consultation in particular accepts no
- responsibility for user-modified software.
- = MCH =
- Selling user programs
- -----
- January 24, 1983 #21
-
- Question: Can I sell a program I have written using Heath/Zenith
- software?
-
- Answer: In general you can sell a program that you own as long as
- you do not sell with it any of the programs from your distribution diskette
- used to create the program.
-
- A BASIC interpreter program source can be sold but the user would
- be required to buy their own copy of the BASIC interpreter to run it.
-
- In the case of compilers and assemblers you can sell your source
- file, the '.REL' or '.HEX' file compiled or assembled from your source and
- the '.COM' or '.ABS' file created by the linker or loader from your source
- files. If the person you sell the program to wishes to recompile,
- reassemble, relink or reload the program they must purchase their own
- programs to do so.
-
- A special case occurs involving the CBASIC (R) Digital Research
- program which requires a run-time program from the distribution diskette in
- order to run. According to Digital Research News July 1982 Volume 2, No. 2
- royalty requirements and the run-time module licensing have been dropped.
- Inquiries concerning the details of the policy should be directed to Digital
- Research Customer Service, 160 Central Ave., Pacific Grove CA 93950.
- = MD =
- ZDS/Heath Hardware & Software Products
- -----
- December 6, 1984
-
- * Items added within the last 30 days
-
- ZDS/HEATH SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE PRODUCTS
-
- Z-100 PC SOFTWARE (Z-150)
-
- Operating systems/Languages/Utility software
-
- CB-5063-7 CPS for Z-150 Ver. 1.0
- CB-5063-13 Z-150 Diagnostics
- CB-5063-16 MSDOS Ver. 2 Programmers Utility Pack
- *CI-5063-1 C-2.1 Compiler
- MS-5063-1 Z-150 GWBASIC MS-DOS Ver. 1.26
- *MS-5063-2 FORTRAN Ver. 3.20
- MS-5063-3 Microsoft Cobol Ver 1.12
- MS-5063-5 Microsoft Pascal Ver. 3.13
- *MS-5063-13 BASIC Ver. 2.0
- OS-63-50 Z-150 MSDOS Ver. 2.11
- OS-63-51 Z100 MSDOS Z150
- TC-5063-1 Ether Link Ver. 2.2
- TC-5063-2 Ether Share Ver. 2.2
- TC-5063-3 Ether Mail Ver. 2.2
- TC-5063-4 Ether Print Ver. 2.2
-
- Applications software
-
- AT-5065-1 DBase II Ver. 2.41
- BP-5063-1 BPI General Accounting Ver. 1.10
- BP-5063-2 BPI Accounts Receivable Ver. 1.10
- BP-5063-3 BPI Accounts Payable Ver. 1.10
- BP-5603-4 BPI Payroll Ver. 1.10
- BP-5063-5 Inventory Control Ver. 1.10
- BP-5063-6 BPI Job Costing Ver. 1.10
- BP-5063-8 Personal Accounting Ver. 1.10
- BP-5063-9 BPI Demo Ver. 1.10
- BP-5063-10 Associate Management Ver. 1.10
- BP-5063-71 BPI GA Training Ver. 1.10
- CB-5063-9 Pecon
- CD-5063-1 Condor DBMS. Ver. 2.11
- CD-5063-2 Condor File Management Ver. 2.11
- LS-5063-1 LOTUS Ver. 1AB
- *MP-5063-10 Micropro Wordstar ver. 3.3
- *MP-5063-12 Professional Pkg.
- *MP-5063-13 Wordstar W/Prof. Option Ver. 3.3
- MS-5063-7 Multiplan Z-150 Ver. 1.20
- MS-5063-9 Multi-Word Ver. 1.10
- MS-5063-12 MS-Sort Ver. 1.0
- RS-5065-1 General Ledger Ver. 112983
- RS-5065-2 Accounts Receivable Ver. 113083
- RS-5065-3 Accounts Payable Ver. 122083
- RS-5065-5 Inventory Ver. 121583
- RS-5065-6 Sales Invoicing Ver. 122483
-
- Z-110/120 (Z-100) Software
-
- Operating systems/Languages/Utility software
-
- CB-253-7 CPS Z-100 (CP/M-85) Ver. 400.02.00
- CB-463-7 CPS Z-100 (ZDOS) Ver. 53.05.00
- CB-463-13 Z-100 Diagnostic Disk
- CB-463-14 ZLAN Networking Ver. 1.0
- CB-5063-16 MSDOS Ver. 2 Programmers Utility Pack
- CB-463-20 Z-Lan Serv. Ver. 1.0
- CB-463-21 Z-Lan Node Ver. 1.0
- DR-253-5 Pascal/MT+ (CP/M-85) Ver. 5.6
- MS-253-1 MicroSoft BASIC-80 (CP/M-85) Ver. 5.22
- MS-463-1 MicroSoft ZBASIC (ZDOS) Ver. 1.1
- MS-463-2 MicroSoft FORTRAN-86 (ZDOS) Ver. 3.10
- MS-463-3 MicroSoft COBOL-86 (ZDOS) Ver. 1.07
- MS-5063-3 Microsoft Cobol (Z-DOS) Ver 1.12
- MS-463-4 MicroSoft BASCOM-86 (ZDOS) Ver. 5.40
- MS-463-5 MicroSoft PASCAL-86 (ZDOS) Ver. 3.11
- MS-5063-5 Microsoft Pascal (Z-DOS) Ver. 3.13
- OS-53-2 CP/M-85 5" Soft sector Ver. 2.2.103
- OS-63-2 CP/M-86 5" Soft sector Ver. 1.1
- OS-61-3 USCD P-System Vers. 3.1
- OS-63-4 Z-DOS 5" Soft sector Ver. 1.25
- OS-63-5 MPM-86 Ver. 2.1
- OS-61-8 Z-100 MS-DOS Ver. 2.18
- PO-463-1 3270 Emulator (ZDOS)
- WI-463-1 2780/3780 Emulator (ZDOS)
-
- Applications software
-
- CB-463-9 PECON
- CB-463-11 Graph Pack 2.0 (ZCHART) Ver. 2.0
- CD-463-1 Condor Data Base (ZDOS) Ver. 2.09
- CD-463-2 Condor File Mgr. (ZDOS) Ver. 2.09
- ES-463-1 Z-100 Microstat Ver. 2.3
- LS-463-1 LOTUS 1-2-3 (ZDOS) Ver. 1A
- MP-463-1 Supersort Z-100 Ver. 1.65
- MP-463-6 Spellstar Z-100 Ver. 3.3
- MP-463-10 Wordstar Ver. 3.3
- MP-463-11 Mailmerge Ver. 3.3
- MP-463-13 Wordstar Prof. Pkg. (ZDOS/MSDOS) Ver. 3.3
- MS-463-7 MicroSoft Multiplan (ZDOS) Ver. 1.02
- RG-463-1 16-Bit Graphtalk Ver. 3.23
- RS-463-1 Peachtree General Ledger (ZDOS) Ver. 120182 PS
- RS-463-2 Peachtree Accounts Receivable (ZDOS) Ver. 120182 PS
- RS-463-3 Peachtree Accounts Payable (ZDOS) Ver. 120182 PS
- RS-463-5 Peachtree Inventory (ZDOS) Ver. 120182 PS
- RS-463-6 Peachtree Sales Invoicing (ZDOS) Ver. 120182 PS
- RS-463-75 Peachtree 5000 (ZDOS) Ver. 2.01
- SC-463-1 Supercalc (ZDOS) Ver. 1.12
- TA-463-1 CAI Authoring Z-100 Ver. 1.0
- TA-463-2 CAI Studio Z-100 Ver. 1.010
-
- Z-89/90 SOFTWARE
-
- Operating systems/Languages/Utility software
-
- H-8-20 Microsoft FORTRAN-80 (HDOS) Ver. 3.35
- H-8-21 Microsoft BASIC (HDOS) Ver. 4.82
- HCM-817-1 CBASIC Compiler (CP/M) Ver. 03.27.81
- HCM-837-1 CBASIC Compiler (CP/M) Ver. 03.27.81
- HDR-817-1 MAC (CP/M)
- HDR-837-1 MAC (CP/M)
- HDR-817-2 SID/ZSID (CP/M)
- HDR-837-2 SID/ZSID (CP/M)
- HDR-817-3 DESPOOL (CP/M)
- HDR-837-3 DESPOOL (CP/M)
- HMS-817-1 Microsoft BASIC-80 (CP/M) Ver. 5.21
- HMS-837-1 Microsoft BASIC-80 (CP/M Ver. 5.21
- HMS-817-2 Microsoft FORTRAN-80 (CP/M) Ver. 3.44
- HMS-837-2 Microsoft FORTRAN-80 (CP/M) Ver. 3.44
- HMS-817-3 Microsoft COBOL-80 (CP/M) Ver. 4.6
- HMS-837-3 Microsoft COBOL-80 (CP/M) Ver. 4.6
- HMS-817-4 Microsoft BASCOM-80 (CP/M) Ver. 5.35
- HMS-837-4 Microsoft BASCOM-80 (CP/M) Ver. 5.35
- HMS-817-31 Microsoft COBOL-80 (HDOS) Ver. 4.01
- HMS-837-31 Microsoft COBOL-80 (HDOS) Ver. 4.01
- HMS-817-41 Microsoft BASCOM-80 (HDOS) Ver. 5.24
- HMS-837-41 Microsoft BASCOM-80 (HDOS) Ver. 5.24
- HMS-817-51 MACRO-80 (HDOS) Ver. 3.37
- HMS-837-51 MACRO-80 (HDOS) Ver. 3.37
- HMS-817-52 MACRO-80 (CP/M) Ver. 3.4
- HMS-837-52 MACRO-80 (CP/M) Ver. 3.4
- HOS-817-1 HDOS 2.0 Ver. 50.06.00
- HOS-8917-2 CP/M Ver. 2.2.04
- HOS-8937-2 CP/M Ver. 2.2.04
- HOS-8937-3 UCSD PASCAL Ver. IV.12A
- HPO-8917-1 3270 Emulator (CP/M)
- HPO-8937-1 3270 Emulator (CP/M)
- HPO-8917-2 (HPO-8917-1 & Z-89-11 I/O)
- HPO-8937-2 (HPO-8937-1 & Z-89-11 I/O)
- HWI-8917-1 RBT Emulator (CP/M) Ver. 2.10CZ
- SF-8512 HDOS-CP/M file conv. Ver. 2.0
- SFS-9103 CPS (CP/M) Ver. 200.01.04
- SF-9503 CPS HDOS-CP/M Ver. 200.02.04
-
- Applications software
-
- HCD-8937-1 Condor Data Base (CP/M) Ver. 2.09
- HIS-837-1 Magic Spell (CP/M) Ver. 1.0
- HMP-817-1 Supersort (CP/M) Ver. 1.5
- HMP-837-1 Supersort (CP/M) Ver. 1.5
- HMP-817-2 Wordstar (CP/M) Ver. 3.3
- HMP-837-2 Wordstar (CP/M) Ver. 3.3
- HMP-817-3 Mailmerge (CP/M) Ver. 3.3
- HMP-837-3 Mailmerge (CP/M) Ver. 3.3
- HRS-817-9 Magic Wand (CP/M) Ver. 1.12
- HRS-837-9 Magic Wand (CP/M) Ver. 1.12
- HSC-817-1 Supercalc (CP/M) Ver. 1.05
- HSC-837-1 Supercalc (CP/M) Ver. 1.05
- HTA-817-1 CAI Authoring Program Ver. 1.0
- HTA-837-1 ZDS Teacher Program Ver. 1.0
- HTA-817-2 CAI Studio Program Ver. 1.01
- HTA-837-2 ZDS Student Progam Ver. 1.01
- SF-9200 PIE Screen Editor HDOS-CP/M Ver. 1.6
- SF-9018 Typing Tutor
-
- Z-100 PC HARDWARE (Z-150)
-
- ZF-151-21 Low Profile PC 128K Single Drive Computer
- ZF-151-52 Low Profile PC 128K Dual Drive Computer
- ZFA-161-21 Trans. Computer Single Drive
- ZFA-161-22 Trans. Computer Dual Drive
- ZW-151-52 Low Profile PC Winchester with single 5" drive
- Z-205-1 64KB RAM Expansion Set
- Z-207-7 1/2 hc 5-1/4 Inch Drive
- TC-5063-5 25" Cable
- TC-5063-6 100" Cable
- TC-5063-7 E-Net Terminator
- TC-5063-8 Coax Barrel
- Z-316 Z-150 8087 kit
- H/Z-305 128K Memory Card
- Z-319 Video Board
-
- Z-110/120 HARDWARE (Z-100)
-
- ZFG-121-32 All-In-One Desktop Computer/two drives Green
- ZFA-121-32 All-In-One Desktop Computer/two drives Amber
- ZF-101-31 Low Profile 192KB Ram Desktop/one drive
- ZF-111-22 Low Profile/color graphics/two drives
- ZW-111-32 Low Profile/Internal 11 MB Winchester/one drive/
- color graphics capable
- ZWG-121-32 All-In-One/Internal 11 MB Winchester/one drive Green
- ZWA-121-32 All-In-One/Internal 11 MB Winchester/one drive Amber
- Z-207-41 Single 8" drive 1.25MB
- Z-207-42 Dual Drive 8" Floppy 2.5MB
- Z-207-6 Half-height second 8" drive, DS,DD
- Z-207-7 1/2 HC 5-1/4 Inch Drive
- Z-205-1 128KB to 192KB RAM Expansion Kit
- Z-205 256KB RAM Upgrade Board
- Z-204 Multiport Serial Board
- *Z-216 8087 for the Z100
- Z-219-1 Color Video RAM chip
- ZA-100-4 S-100 Extender Board
-
- Z-100 AND Z-100 PC MONITORS
-
- ZVM-122A Amber CRT monitor
- ZVM-123A Green CRT monitor
- ZVM-124 Monitor for IBM-PC compatible
- computers/needs monochrome printer cable
- ZVM-124-E IBM Monochrome Monitor
- ZVM-123-2 Tilt Base for ZVM-122/123 monitors
- ZVM-121-1 Cable to connect ZVM-121/122/123 to IBM
- ZVM-121-2 Cable to connect ZVM-121/122/123 to Atari 1200
- ZVM-131 Color Medium resolution monitor
- ZVM-135 Color High resolution monitor
- ZVM-133 Color High resolution RGB only monitor
- ZVM-136 Long persistence Color RGB Only monitor
- ZVM-135-1 Cable to Z-100 Computer-(ZVM-135/133/136)
- ZVM-135-2 Cable to IBM PC
- ZVM-135-3 Cable to Apple III computer
- ZVM-135-4 Cable to Texas Insturments & Atari Computers
-
- Z-89/90 HARDWARE
-
- Z-90-90 H/Z-89 with Z-89-37 Controller Card No drive
- Z-90-92 H/Z-89 with Z-89-37 Controller Card/One 48TPI Drive
- Z-87 Dual Drive 5" Single-sided
- Z-37 Dual Drive 5" 96TPI double-sided
- Z-89-37 Soft Sector Controller Card
- Z-89-11 Serial I/O Card
-
- Zenith Data Systems supported printers (Note: All computers or software do
- not always support all printers.)
-
- WH-54 Diablo 630 Serial only
- WH-54B Diablo 630 API Serial and Parallel
- WH-55 Diable 620 Parallel only
- WH-64 TI 855 printer
- MPI-99 MPI 99
- MPI-150 MPI 150
- Z-25 Zenith 25 printer
- = ME =
- Z-100 PC List of Tested Hardware and Software
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Compatibility lists introduction and description 10/23/84 3k
- B - Hardware enhancement products brief description 10/23/84 6k
- C - Hardware compatibility list 12/06/84 2k
- D - Software compatibility list 12/06/84 12k
- E - Correction for Microsoft Flight Simulator green sky 09/21/84 2k
- F - Tips on using tested software packages 01/02/85 5k
- G - Tips on using tested hardware packages 01/02/85 2k
- * - Download all the menu categories 32k
- = MEA =
- Compatibility lists introduction and description
- -----
- IBM-PC HARDWARE/SOFTWARE COMPATIBILITY LIST
- for
- HEATH/ZENITH Z-150/160 SERIES COMPUTERS
- as of
- October 23, 1984
-
- DISCLAIMER
-
- The attached is a listing of microcomputer software and plug-in
- boards tested for use on the Z-100 PC Series and H-100 PC Series computers
- and believed to be generally compatible with today's IBM PC. The software
- products and plug-in boards listed are supplied by the identified vendors.
-
- Zenith Data Systems Corporation and Heath Company make no endorsement
- of other vendors identified, nor their products, nor do they make on behalf
- of any other vendor any warranty, representation, or endorsement, or assume
- any responsiblility as to availability, accuracy, reliability, performance,
- software requirements, hardware requirements, freedom from error, full
- compatibility with the IBM PC or any other quality or characteristic of the
- software or hardware product(s) listed.
-
- ZDS and Heath make no warranty, either expressed or implied, with
- respect to any listed program or plug-in board, including its quality,
- performance, merchantability, or fitness for any particular purpose. In no
- event will ZDS or Heath be liable for direct, indirect, incidental, or
- consequential damages resulting from any defect in any listed program or
- plug-in board, even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
-
- *********************************************************************
-
- The Hardware/Software compatibility list is arranged by product type.
- Within each product type products are arranged in alphabetical ascending
- order by product name. Product types are as indicated below:
-
- A - Accounting N - Network
- B - Backup O - Operating Systems
- C - Communications R - RAM Expansion
- D - Database S - Spreadsheet
- E - Educational T - Time Management
- F - Munti-function Card U - Utilities
- G - Graphics V - Video Boards
- I - Integrated W - Word Processing
- L - Language Z - Game
- M - Main Frame Communication
-
- Note - The "STAT" column indicates items added as of this report by
- an asterisk (*) in that column. (See date above)
- = MEB =
- Hardware enhancement products brief description
- -----
- ACCESS 1-2-3/Novation, Inc.
-
- Package includes PC1200B modem board and Crosstalk XVI software.
- Allows communication at 300 or 1200 baud using RJ11C connector to plug
- directly into phone lines.
-
- ETHER SERIES/3-Com Corp.
-
- Hardware and software for networking PC's. Allows PC's to share disk
- storage and printer resources.
-
- FILESAFE/Mountain Computer, Inc.
-
- Provides a streamer tape backup for Winchester Hard Disk systems.
- Unit will backup the first Winchester partition in a very short time.
- Typically, less than ten minutes. Also provides tape write-protection.
-
- GRAPHICS CARD/Hercules Co.
-
- Graphics video board for monochrome monitor.
-
- I/O PLUS II/AST Research, Inc.
-
- Multifunction expansion board. Includes battery-powered clock;
- optional serial port, parallel port, or game controller port; and software
- for RAMdisk and print spooler.
-
- IRMA DECISION SUPPORT INTERFACE/TAC
-
- Allows direct coaxial cable connection to IBM 3270 controller,
- supporting either SNA/SDLC or BSC.
-
- MAGIC RAM MEMORY BOARD/D-G
-
- Memory expansion board. Has 4 banks for adding up to 256k of memory.
-
- MEGAPLUS II/AST Research, Inc.
-
- Multifunction expansion card. Includes serial port, parallel port,
- battery-powered clock, game adapter port, memory expansion up to 256k, and
- software for RAMdisk and print spooler.
-
- MICROSOFT SYSTEMCARD/Microsoft
-
- Multifunction expansion card. Includes serial port, parallel port,
- battery-powered clock, memory expansion up to 256k, and software for RAMdisk
- and print spooler.
-
- MONOCHROME DISPLAY AND PRINTER ADAPTER/IBM
-
- Video board for use with monochrome monitor. Includes parallel port.
-
- NBI WORD PROCESSING 1.0/NBI, Inc.
-
- Special function board. Required for use of the NBI word processing
- software. Includes 64k of memory which can be used by other software.
- Additional memory can be added up to 192k.
-
- PC-MATE DYNAMIC MEMORY/Tecmar
-
- 64-256k memory expansion board. Includes RAMdisk software.
-
- PC-MATE EXTENDER CARD/Tecmar
-
- Extends 1 slot of the card bus, so that one board can be plugged into
- the bus while sitting above the other boards.
-
- PC GAME CONTROL ADAPTER/IBM
-
- Game control adapter port.
-
- PLAN 4000/Nestar Systems, Inc.
-
- Networking hardware and software. Allows PC's to share disk storage
- resources.
-
- QUADBOARD/Quadram Corp.
-
- Multifunction expansion board. Includes memory expansion, parallel
- port, serial port, and battery-powered clock. 3 different versions of this
- board allow memory expansion up to 64k, 256k, or 384k (maximum memory in the
- Z150 is 640, including 320k on the main memory board, so only 320k can be
- added in an expansion board). Software included provides RAMdisk and print
- spooler.
-
- QUADBOARD II/Quadram Corp.
-
- Multifunction expansion board. Includes memory expansion of 64k or
- 256k, 2 serial ports, a battery-powered clock, and software for RAMdisk and
- print spooler.
-
- QUADCOLOR I/Quadram Corp.
-
- Color graphics video board. Requires ZCA-6. This board does not
- have any special capabilities beyond the color graphics features of the basic
- Z150.
-
- SIXPAKPLUS/AST Research, Inc.
-
- Multifunction expansion board. Includes memory expansion up to 384K
- (only 320k can be added to Z150), serial port, parallel port, battery-powered
- clock, and game adapter port. Software included provides RAMdisk and print
- spooler.
-
- SMARTMODEM 1200B-SMARTCOM II/Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc.
-
- This board is a 300/1200 baud modem card for the Z-150 series
- computers. It can be installed directly into an expansion slot in the Z-150.
- A PAL to disable COM 2 (ZCA-2) is needed. Software is provided with the
- board to provide for it's operation. Auto-Answer/Auto-Dial and both Touch-
- Tone and Pulse type dialing is permitted.
-
- TRANSPAK PC+/Transend Corp.
-
- This board is a 300/1200 baud modem card for the Z-150 series
- computers. It can be installed directly into an expansion slot in the Z-150.
- A PAL to disable COM 2 (ZCA-2) is needed. Software is provided with the
- board to provide for it's operation. Auto-Answer/Auto-Dial and both Touch-
- Tone and Pulse type dialing is permitted.
-
- VIDEO VAN GOGH/Tecmar
-
- Hardware and software to interface a video camera to the PC. Will
- digitize a picture and store the digitized image into a file.
-
- PC640 GRAPHICS DISPLAY/Scion
-
- High resolution color video board and software. Requires ZCA-6.
- Displays 640 x 480 in 16 colors. High-persistence RGB color monitor
- recommended.
-
- SDLC ADAPTER CARD/IBM
-
- Provides 3278 terminal and 3276 cluster controller emulation for IBM
- SDLC communications. Outputs RS232 signal to a DB25 connector.
-
- ZCA-1/Zenith Data Systems Corp.
-
- PAL to disable serial printer port 1.
-
- ZCA-2/Zenith Data Systems Corp.
-
- PAL to disable serial printer port 2.
-
- ZCA-6/Zenith Data Systems Corp.
-
- PAL to disable built-in video. Required in order to use add-on video
- boards (except monochrome). Z150 video board cannot be removed from the
- system, even if add-on expansion board is being used to generate video.
- = MEC =
- Hardware compatibility list
- -----
- December 6, 1984
-
- MEM STAT TYPE NAME VERS
- VENDOR
- ===============================================================================
- (128) B Filesafe
- Mountain Computers, Inc.
- (128) C Access 1-2-3
- Novation, Inc.
- (128) C Smartmodem 1200B-Smartcom II
- Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc.
- (256) C Transpak PC+
- Transend Corp.
- (128) F I/O Plus II
- AST Research, Inc.
- (320) F Megaplus II
- AST Research, Inc.
- (320) F Microsoft Systemcard
- Microsoft
- (320) F Quadboard
- Quadram Corp.
- (320) F Quadboard II
- Quadram Corp.
- (320) F SixPakPlus
- AST Research, Inc.
- (128) M IRMA Decision Support Interface
- TAC
- (128) M SDLC Adapter Card
- IBM
- (192) N Ether Series
- 3-Com Corp.
- (128) N Plan 4000
- Nestar Systems, Inc.
- (320) R Magic Ram Memory Board
- D-G
- (320) R PC-Mate Dynamic Memory
- Tecmar
- (128) U PC-Mate Extender Card
- Tecmar
- (192) U Video Van Gogh (Pt#20050)
- Tecmar
- (128) V Graphics Card
- Hercules Co.
- (128) V Monochrome Display and Printer Adapter
- IBM
- (128) V PC640 Graphics Display
- Scion
- (128) V Quadcolor I
- Quadram Corp.
- (320) W NBI Word Processing 1.0
- NBI, Inc.
- (128) Z PC Game Control Adapter
- IBM
-
- = MED =
- Software compatibility list
- -----
- December 6, 1984
- MEM STAT TYPE NAME VERS
- VENDOR
- ===============================================================================
- (192) A The Bottom Line Strategist 1.00
- Ashton-Tate
- (128) A BusiSoft Analyzer 2.0
- BusiSoft Corp.
- (128) A The Financial Planner 3.0
- Ashton-Tate
- (192) A General Ledger Demo 1.02
- Farm Management Systems of Ms, Inc.
- (128) A The Home Accountant Plus 1.22
- Continental Software
- (192) A Practical Accountant 1.0
- Softlink, Inc.
- (192) A Property Management
- Continental Software
- (128) A The Smart Checkbook 2.06
- Softquest, Inc.
- (256) * A Solomon III 3.10
- TLB, Inc.
- (192) A Winning on Wall Street 1.02
- Samna Software Corp.
- (128) C ACCESS with Autopilot 1.02
- Hilgraeve, Inc.
- (128) C PC-Talk 1.01
- The Headlands Press, Inc.
- (128) D <<Answer>> 2.0
- North American Business Systems, Inc.
- (128) D Condor Rel. Data Base Mgt. System (rDBMS) 2.10
- Condor Computer Corp.
- (128) D Data Ace M2.4
- Computer Software Design, Inc.
- (192) D DataeasE
- Software Solutions, Inc.
- (128) D DataFax 2.4a
- Link Systems
- (128) D Datasafe 1.2
- International Microcomputer Software, Inc.
- (128) D dBase II 2.3
- Ashton-Tate
- (256) D dBase III 1.00
- Ashton-Tate
- (128) D Fast Facts .10/1.0
- Innovative Software, Inc.
- (128) D IBM Assistant Accounting Solutions 1.0
- IBM
- (128) D IBM Assistant Executive Solutions 1.0
- IBM
- (128) D IBM Assistant Home Solutions 1.0
- IBM
- (128) D IBM Filing Assistant 1.0
- IBM
- (192) D KnowledgeMan 1.01
- Micro Data Base Systems, Inc.
- (256) D Nutshell 1.07
- Leading Edge Products, Inc.
- (128) D PCFile 2.20
- TexaSoft, Inc.
- (128) D Perfect Filer 1.23
- Perfect Software, Inc.
- (128) D Personal Pearl
- Pearlsoft
- (128) D pfs:file
- IBM
- (128) D pfs:file
- Software Publishing Corp.
- (128) D pfs:report
- IBM
- (128) D pfs:report
- Software Publishing Corp.
- (128) D Please 1.0
- Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc.
- (128) D Questext III 3.3
- Information Reduction Research
- (256) D R:BASE 4000 1.01
- Microrim, Inc.
- (128) D Superfile 2.25
- FYI, Inc.
- (128) D VersaForm 1.4
- Applied Software Technology
- (128) D VisiDex 1.0
- VisiCorp
- (128) E ATI Training Power (MBASIC)
- American Training International, Inc.
- (128) E ATI Training Power (Multiplan) 2.22
- American Training International, Inc.
- (128) E Computer Chef 1.1
- Norell Data Systems Corp.
- (128) E The Executive Package
- Alpha Software Corp.
- (128) E Fact Track
- Science Research Associates, Inc.
- (128) E PC/HELP 1.0
- Relational Solutions, Inc.
- (128) E PC TUTOR 2.0
- Comprehensive Software
- (128) E Telemath
- Psychotechnics, Inc.
- (192) G AutoCad 1.20
- AutoDesk, Inc.
- (128) G dGRAPH 2.0
- Fox & Geller, Inc.
- (192) * G DR Graph 1.0
- Digital Research, Inc.
- (192) G Dr. Logo 1.0
- Digital Research, Inc.
- (192) G The Draftsman 1.41
- The Starware Corp.
- (128) G Energraphics 1.2
- Enertronics Research, Inc.
- (128) G GrafTalk 3.11
- Redding Group, Inc.
- (128) G Graph 'n' Calc 1.01
- Desk Top Computer Software, Inc.
- (128) G The Graphics Generator 1.00
- Robert J. Brady Co.
- (128) G Hypergraphics 1.1
- McGraw-Hill Book Co.
- (192) G IBM Graphing Assistant 1.0
- IBM
- (128) G PC Crayon 2.0
- PCsoftware
- (128) G PC-DRAW 1.3
- Micrografx
- (128) G PC Logo 2.0
- Harvard Associates, Inc.
- (192) G pfs:graph
- Software Publishing Corp.
- (128) G Presentation Business Graphics 1.1
- Ganesa Group International
- (192) G Stat Map 1.1
- Ganesa Group International
- (512) G Visi On Graph 1.0
- VisiCorp
- (192) G VisiTrend/Plot 1.30
- VisiCorp
- (256) I AURA 1.0
- Softrend, Inc.
- (192) I Lotus 1-2-3 REL. 1A
- Lotus Development Corp.
- (192) I Open Access A1.00
- Software Products International
- (128) I PeachText 5000 2.02
- Peachtree Software, Inc.
- (320) * I Symphony 1.00
- Lotus Development Corporation
- (512) I Visi On Applications Manager 1.0
- VisiCorp
- (320) K SPSS/PC
- SPSS, Inc.
- (128) L Basic Compiler 1.00
- IBM (Microsoft)
- (128) L Microsoft C Compiler System for MS-DOS 1.04
- Lattice, Inc.
- (128) L Turbo Pascal 2.00B
- Borland International Inc.
- (256) O Coherent
- Mark Williams
- (256) O Concurrent CP/M-86 2.00
- Digital Research, Inc.
- (128) O CP/M-86 Operating System 1.1
- Digital Research, Inc.
- (128) O CP/M-86 Operating System 1.00
- Digital Research, Inc.
- (192) O Venix
- VentureCom, Inc.
- (128) S EasyCalc 0.2
- NORELL Data Systems Corp.
- (128) S Financial Planning for Visicalc & IBM PC
- Expert Systems, Inc.
- (128) S Multiplan 1.20
- Microsoft
- (128) S Perfect Calc 1.11
- Perfect Software, Inc.
- (128) S QuickCalc Real Estate Investor
- Sample Soft, Inc.
- (128) S SuperCalc 2 1.00
- Sorcim Corp.
- (128) S TK! Solver TK-1 1E
- Software Arts, Inc.
- (128) S TK! Solver (Financial Management Pkg. )
- Software Arts, Inc.
- (128) S TK! Solver (Mechanical Engineering Pkg.)
- Software Arts, Inc.
- (512) S Visi On Calc 1.0
- VisiCorp
- (128) S VisiCalc
- VisiCorp
- (128) T Harvard Project Manager 1.1
- Harvard Software, Inc.
- (128) T Microsoft Project 1.00
- Microsoft
- (128) T Milestone 1.14
- Digital Marketing
- (128) T Time Manager 1.00
- Microsoft
- (128) T VisiSchedule 1.00
- VisiCorp
- (128) U Autosort/86M 1.12
- Computer Control Systems
- (128) U COPYII-PC 1.80
- Central Point Software, Inc.
- (128) U COPYII-PC 1.30
- Central Point Software, Inc.
- (192) U CP+ 2.0
- Taurus Software Corp.
- (128) U Crossdata 2.0
- Award Software, Inc.
- (128) U Diskette Librarian 1.0
- (Little Bit) IBM
- (128) U Electronic Disk
- Ensign Software
- (128) U FABS 1.1186M
- Computer Control Systems
- (128) U The Norton Utilities 1.15
- Peter Norton
- (128) U ProKey 2.13
- RoseSoft
- (128) U Shoebox 1.09a
- Techland Systems, Inc.
- (128) U Spool-It 1.05
- Indigo Data Systems, Inc.
- (192) U Starburst 1.01
- MicroPro International, Inc.
- (128) U Super Zap 2.1
- Alta Systems
- (128) U Xenocopy 2.4
- Vertex Systems
- (192) W Correctstar 3.30
- MicroPro International Corp.
- (192) W DisplayWrite 2 1.00
- IBM
- (128) W EasyFiler
- Information Unlimited Software, Inc.
- (128) W Easyproof 1.2
- NORELL Data Systems Corp.
- (128) W EasyWriter II 1.0.0
- Basic Software Group
- (128) W EasyWriter II 1.0.0
- Information Unlimited Software, Inc.
- (128) W Edix 1.1
- Emerging Technology Consultants, Inc.
- (128) W The FinalWord 1.00
- Mark of the Unicorn, Inc.
- (128) W IBM Reporting Assistant 1.0
- IBM
- (256) W IBM Writing Assistant 1.0
- IBM
- (128) W Infostar - Datastar 1.4
- MicroPro International Corp.
- (128) W Infostar - Reportstar 1.01
- MicroPro International Corp.
- (128) W Infostar System 1.01
- MicroPro International Corp.
- (128) W Mailmerge 3.31
- MicroPro International Corp.
- (192) W MultiMate Professional Word Processing 3.11
- SoftWord Systems, Inc.
- (128) W NBI Word Processing 1.2
- NBI, Inc.
- (128) W Palantir Word Processor 1.15
- Palantir, Inc.
- (128) W PC Writer 1.25
- IBM
- (128) W Perfect Writer 1.00
- Perfect Software, Inc.
- (128) W Personal Editor 1.0
- IBM
- (128) W Select BILINGUAL 1.00
- Select Information Systems, Inc.
- (128) W Starindex 1.01
- MicroPro International Corp.
- (128) W SuperWriter 1.00
- Sorcim Corp.
- (128) W Textra 2.07
- Ann Arbor Software
- (128) W Vedit 1.15e
- CompuView Products, Inc.
- (512) W Visi On Word 1.0
- VisiCorp
- (192) W VisiWord 1.00
- VisiCorp
- (128) W Volkswriter 1.2
- Lifetree Software, Inc.
- (128) W Word 1.1
- Microsoft
- (320) W Word III 1.0
- Samna Software Corp.
- (256) W Word Marc 4.1
- Marc Software International
- (128) W Word Perfect 3.0
- SSI
- (192) W Wordix 1.20
- Emergine Technologies
- (128) W WordStar 3.3
- MicroPro International Corp.
- (192) W WordVision
- Bruce & James Program Publishers, Inc.
- (128) W Write-On!
- Datamost, Inc.
- (128) Z Adventures in Math 1.00
- IBM
- (128) Z Astro-Dodge
- Digital Marketing
- (128) Z CALL TO ARMS
- Sirius Software, Inc.
- (128) Z Curse of Ra
- Epyx, Inc.
- (128) Z CYBORG
- Sentient Software
- (128) Z Early Games For Young Children
- Counterpoint Software, Inc.
- (128) Z Eliza - Source 3.0
- Artificial Intelligence Research Group
- (128) Z Epidemic
- Strategic Simulations, Inc.
- (128) Z Executive Suite
- Armonk Corp.
- (128) Z Facemaker
- Spinnaker Software Corp.
- (128) Z Floppy Frenzy
- Windmill Software, Inc.
- (128) Z GATO
- Spectrum HoloByte, Inc.
- (128) Z Jabbertalky
- Automated Simulations
- (128) Z Master Type
- Scarborough Systems, Inc.
- (128) Z Microsoft Flight Simulator 1
- Microsoft
- (128) Z Microsoft Flight Simulator 2.1
- Microsoft
- (128) Z Omegabug 1.10
- Personal Computer Products
- (128) Z Paratrooper
- Orion Software, Inc.
- (128) Z PC Arcade 1.0
- FriendlySoft, Inc.
- (128) Z PC/MAN
- Orion Software, Inc.
- (128) Z Queen of Hearts Maze Game 1.0
- TexaSoft, Inc.
- (128) Z Quotrix
- Insoft, Inc.
- (128) Z Squirm
- TexaSoft, Inc.
- (128) Z Starcross Rel 17
- Infocom, Inc.
- (128) Z Suspended Rel 5
- Infocom, Inc.
- (128) Z Temple of Apshai
- Epyx, Inc.
- (128) Z Trilogy
- TexaSoft, Inc.
- (128) Z Video Trek 88
- Windmill Software, Inc.
- (128) * Z Wizardry 27-F-84
- Sir-Tech Software, Inc.
- (128) Z Zork III Rel 10
- Infocom, Inc.
- (128) Z Zutu
- Hypersystems
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- = MEE =
- Correction for Microsoft Flight Simulator green sky
- -----
- September 21, 1984 #173
-
- Question: When I run the new Microsoft Flight Simulator version 2
- the sky is a green color instead of a blue color. How can I correct this?
-
- Answer: A simple change to the video board will correct for this
- minor incompatibility with the industry standard computer. This modification
- is only made at your own risk. Do not attempt this modification unless you
- feel comfortable with the procedures described.
-
- Carefully remove the video board from the computer and locate the
- chip at the location on the board marked U347. Remove the chip from the
- socket and carefully bend pin 13 out a little bit so that when the chip is
- put back in the socket it goes outside the hole instead of into it. Restore
- the chip back to its socket. This will work for most Z-100 PC series
- computers.
-
- If this simple change does not work there is a slightly more
- difficult change which is sure to work. Remove the chip at U347 and
- carefully bend pin 13 back in so that it goes back into the socket hole.
- Melt a small amount of solder on pin 13 to short it to pin 14 which is right
- next to it. Then remove the chip at the location U302 and carefully bend pin
- 4 out and restore the chip.
-
- This change will be incorporated into the video circuit boards of
- future production for the Z-100 PC.
- = MEF =
- Tips on using tested software packages
- -----
- January 2, 1985
-
- CORRECTSTAR/MicroPro
-
- When entering Correctstar from the Wordstar menu, the screen will
- display a register dump, including INT 03. To correct the problem, install
- the following patch:
-
- DEBUG CORRSTAR.OVR
- -E3C0
- xxxx.03C0 CC.90
- -W
- -Q
-
- DBASE 2
-
- Version 2.4 of DBase does not work correctly with DOS 2.1. If you
- create a new file and then try to enter data, after finishing the entries
- you will get an "UNEXPECTED END OF FILE" error. To correct this, install
- the following patch (patch provided by Ashton-Tate):
-
- DEBUG DBASE.COM
- -E53F8
- xxxx:53F8 0A.90 C5.90
- -W
- -Q
-
- DBASE 3
-
- It was reported that, when using BUFFERS=24 and trying to use RUN
- program, you get INSUFFICIENT MEMORY error. Increasing the number of
- buffers fixed the problem.
-
- ELECTRONIC DISK
-
- This package has a parallel and a serial print spooler. The
- parallel spooler should be used, even if a serial printer is being used.
-
- FLIGHT SIMULATOR
-
- On older ROM's, some machines would occasionally not produce sound.
- The solution is to use ROM 1.8A or later. An alternative is to use some
- other program that produces sound, and then boot the Flight Simulator disk.
-
- HOME ACCOUNTANT
-
- When returning to the main menu from the Budget or Transaction
- subprogram, you may get a "syntax error". If you do, edit the AUTOEXEC.BAT
- file and add /I to the command line that loads BASICA.
-
- IBM GRAPHING ASSISTANT
-
- When configuring for a plotter, use maximum time-out.
-
- INFOSTAR
-
- When using FORMSORT.OVR with DOS 2.1, you will get a file close
- error. The following patch will correct the problem:
- DEBUG FORMSORT.OVR
- -F88A3 88A6 90
- -W
- -Q
-
- LOTUS
-
- The system disk is copy-protected. You must use original system
- disk in drive A, not a copy.
-
- Driver installed should be COLOR or B&W, not MONO or BOTH, unless
- monochrome monitor and IBM monochrome board are installed.
-
- Machinl must have 192K or you will get "error loading driver."
-
- MASTER TYPE
-
- This only runs on a dual floppy system, but not on the floppy drive
- in a winchester system.
-
- MULTIMATE
-
- This package prints directly to the hardware, bypassing the
- operating system. It is possible for parallel printers such as the Epson to
- work with the operating system but not MultiMate. This seems to be a
- hardware problem caused by some connections in the printer cable that are
- missing that the operating system does not require but MultiMate does.
-
- p-SYSTEM
-
- This software will not work with Shugart drives, since p-system uses
- a 4 millisecond step rate, and these drives are rated for 6. Some Z150's do
- have drives that will not run p-system. It may be possible to get a disk
- from UCSD which uses the 6-ms step rate instead.
-
- PROKEY 3.0
-
- This requires ROM 1.8A or later.
-
- PFS:GRAPH
-
- All the sample graphs were created as B&W. They can be displayed in
- color by selecting to define the graph and changing COLOR (Y/N)? Y.
-
- STARBURST
-
- This comes from MicroPro uninstalled. Terminal can be installed by
- putting DEVICE=ANSI.SYS in the CONFIG.SYS file and installing the ANSI
- terminal control codes.
-
- STARINDEX
-
- Running it in more that 512k causes "out of memory" error. The
- patch to correct this is:
-
- DEBUG STARINDX.COM
- -E12A
- xxxx.012A 7D.73
- -E375
- xxxx.0375 7C.72
- -W
- -Q
- Also,
-
- DEBUG STYLE.COM
- -E2D4
- xxxx:02D4 7C.72
- -W
- -Q
-
- SUPERSORT
-
- This package has a problem when run with DOS 2.1. You will get
- Error S131: Close Failure after the sort is complete. To correct the
- problem, install the following patch:
-
- DEBUG SORT.COM
- -F1DD2 1DD5 90
- -W
- -Q
-
- WORDMARC
-
- In order to use a serial printer, specify parallel within the
- WORDMARC configure program, and map parallel to serial in the operating
- system.
-
- When printing a document with text centered and underlined, and a
- right margin greater than 0 in the print options menu, the underlining will
- print too far to the left. This is a software bug.
-
- WORDSTAR
-
- WINSTALL running in more that 512k gives "out of memory" error. To
- correct, install the following patch:
-
- DEBUG WINSTALL.COM
- -E2D4
- xxxx.02D4 7C.72
- -W
- -Q
-
- WORDVISION
-
- This comes with an install program that requires PCDOS 1.1. It is
- not necessary to run this program. The disk can be copied using COPY. Any
- modifications for terminal type, which INSTALL would normally do, can be
- done by entering the program, making the changes and saving the
- configuration to the disk.
- = MEG =
- Tips on using tested hardware packages
- -----
- January 2, 1985
-
- HERCULES
-
- This board does high resolution graphics on a monochrome monitor.
- To use it, you should know all of the following:
-
- 1. Use the ZCA-6 ROM to disable normal video.
- 2. Run HGC FULL.
- 3. Toggle switch 4 of SW1 on CPU board in Z150
- 4. Use the ZVM-124 or other monochrome monitor.
- 5. Don't try to use it in a portable.
- 6. Be sure the software you are using is configured for a Hercules board.
- 7. Don't use in conjunction with other video boards or special software.
- 8. Use HGC. FONT won't work, neither will HBASIC.
- 9. Don't remove the Z150 video board.
- 10. Flight simulator and other products requiring a color graphics adapter
- will not run.
- 11. In the ROM, VM7 is the monochrome mode, and works with VS0 or VS1, but
- not VS2.
- 12. You must have ROM 1.7 or higher.
-
- MEGAPLUS II
-
- In order to use the ramdisk software, do the following: on a
- winchester set the switches on the CPU for 2 drives and the RAMDISK will be
- B:, on a dual floppy system set the CPU switches for 3 drives and the
- RAMDISK will be C:.
-
- MEMORY BOARDS
-
- It is necessary to set switches on the board to indicate how much
- memory is already installed in the machine. The settings documented for the
- IBM PC are also correct for the Z150 PC for the same amount of memory. It
- is also necessary to set SW2 on the CPU board for the total amount of
- memory. This switch is documented in the Z150 Operations Manual.
-
- VIDEO VAN GOGH
-
- Requires 192K. In 1.25 DOS, must use 64k buffer. In 2.11 DOS, 64k
- buffer works in all modes, 16k buffer works in low resolution mode, but not
- in high resolution mode.
-
- Switches: SW1, 1-8: CCCCOOOO SW2, 1-8: CCCOCCCC. C=closed, O=open.
- = MF =
- Applications software information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Word processing software 06/27/84 16k
- B - Accounting software 05/10/84 6k
- C - Database software 11/02/83 5k
- D - Spreadsheet software 08/08/84 10k
- E - Miscellaneous applications software 08/09/84 2k
- * - Download all the menu categories 39k
- = MFA =
- Word processing software information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - WORD mailing labels with blank fields suppressed 06/27/84 1k
- B - Wordstar 3.3 patch to allow backspacing overstrike 05/10/84 1k
- C - Wordstar 3.3 install of non-specified printers 04/06/84 3k
- D - Turning off the keyclick in ZDOS WORDSTAR 3.3 04/06/84 2k
- E - Using Autoscribe on a 64k system 01/04/84 1k
- F - Using Wordstar with a Diablo 12/28/83 1k
- G - MAGIC WAND printing problems 11/02/83 1k
- H - Automatic defeat of page numbering 11/02/83 2k
- I - Magic Wand PRINT from drives greater than B: 11/02/83 2k
- J - Confusion over the Wordstar version number 11/02/83 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 15k
- = MFAA =
- WORD mailing labels with blank fields suppressed
- -----
- June 27, 1984 #39
-
- Question: I want to print mailing labels in Word using the Print
- Merge Command and some of the fields in my database are blank. How do I
- prevent blank lines in my document where those fields are used?
-
- Answer: You can suppress printing of a blank line with an IF
- statement, as in the example below where address1 and address2 will not
- print if blank. In this example, Newline or Carriage Returns are required at
- the end of each line (within the statement) and no spaces should be between
- the IF AND ENDIF clauses.
-
- <<fname>><<lname>>
- <<IF address1="">><<ELSE>><<address1>
- <<ENDIF>><<IF address2="">><<ELSE>><<address2>>
- <<ENDIF>><<city>>
- <<state>><<zip>>
- = MFAB =
- Wordstar 3.3 patch to allow backspacing overstrike
- -----
- May 10, 1984 #57
-
- Question: ZDOS WordStar version 3.3 - If I install backspacing as
- the overprinting method for a printer that can backspace (option B in the
- User Defined Printer Installation Menu), the results when printing a
- document are as if the printer does not have the ability to backspace. Is
- there a patch to allow backspacing as a overstrike method?
-
- Answer: The following patch will allow backspacing as a
- overprinting method. Of course this is in addition to selecting option B in
- Installation Menu.
-
- We assume that you have WORDSTAR in drive A, are at the A prompt, and also
- have DEBUG.COM on the WORDSTAR Program disk. <CR> = Return Key.
-
- A:DEBUG WS.COM <CR> Enter DEBUG WS.COM
- DEBUG VERSION X.XX
- >E765 <CR> Enter E765
- XXXX:0765 00.01 <CR> Enter 01 to right of decimal point
- >W <CR> Enter W
- Writing XXXX bytes
- >Q <CR> Enter Q to return to system prompt
- A:
- = MFAC =
- Wordstar 3.3 install of non-specified printers
- -----
- April 6, 1984 #58
-
- Question: I have Wordstar 3.3 running on the Z-100 in ZDOS. The
- install program does not list all the printers that are available in the
- CP/M version. How can I install my Wordstar to work with one of these
- printers.
-
- Answer: Several selections on the CP/M INSTALL menu correspond to
- the Z25 selection in the ZDOS INSTALL. These are TI 810/820, Okidata ML84A,
- NEC 8023A, MPI 88G/99G, Epson MX80/100, and Centronics 353 and 739.
-
- The other 6 selections can be achieved by selecting user-defined
- printer, and installing the correct values for that printer. Values for
- these printers are listed below. Menu selections are indicated by letter,
- and where a selection has more than one question, the questions are
- numbered. Questions that are not listed do not require installation. All
- numbers are in hex.
-
- These values were determined from the CP/M version of install as
- provided by Micropro. They have not been tested in ZDOS Wordstar, but
- should work as listed. If you have trouble after these values are correctly
- installed, you may need to check with your printer supplier. Zenith Data
- Systems cannot be responsible for any modifications made to our software. Be
- sure you make any changes on a copy, and not your original disk.
-
- C.Itoh/TEC Starwriter/F10:
-
- A1: 1B,1A,49 A2: 1B,1A,49 B:B C:2
- D:A E:A F1: 1B,41
- F2: 1B,42 G1: 1B,1E G3: 01,00 G4: 63,00
- G5: 0A G6: 1B,0A H1: 1B,1F H2: A
- H3: 01,00 H4: 63,00 H5: 20 H6: 08
- I1: 1B,35 I2: 1B,36 J1: 1B,20 J2: 1B,2F
-
- Qume Sprint 5-9/45-11+
-
- Use the settings for C.Itoh except H4 should be 7E,00
-
- NEC Spinwriter 3550
-
- A1: 1B,3D,0D A2: 1B,3D,0D B:B C:2
- D:A E:A F1: 1B,33
- F2: 1B,34 G1: 1B,41 G2:1B,32 G3: 00,00
- G4: 3A,00 G5: 0A G6: 1B,0A H1: 1B,5D
- H2: A H3: 40,00 H4: 10,00 H5: 20
- H6: 08 I1: 1B,59 I2: 1B,5A J1: 30
- J2: 30 K1: 0D,0A K2: 0D
-
- NEC Spinwriter Specialty
-
- A1: 1B,34,1B,4B,1B,4F,1B,40,0D,0D A2: 1B,3D,0D
- B:B C:2
- D:A E:A F1: 1B,33 F2: 1B,34 G1: 1B,5D
- G3: 4F,00 G4: 11,00 G5: 0A G6: 1B,39
- H1: 1B,5D H2: A H3: 40,00 H4: 10,00
- H5: 20 H6: 08 I1: 1B,3E I2: 1B,3C
-
- Olympia ESW-102
-
- A1: 0D B:A C:3 D:A
- E:A K1:0D,0A K2:0D,00
-
- Half-Line Feed Printer
-
- A1: 0D B:A C:3 D:A
- E:A K1: 0D,0A,0D,0A K2: 0D,00
- K3:0D,0A
- = MFAD =
- Turning off the keyclick in ZDOS WORDSTAR 3.3
- -----
- April 6, 1984 #59
-
- The following patch modifies Wordstar 3.3 in ZDOS so that if the
- keyclick is off before entering Wordstar, it will not be turned on. Be
- aware that this patch does not turn the keyclick off. It merely prevents
- Wordstar from turning it on. You must use some other means of turning off
- the keyclick. A simple means of doing this is included below. Also,
- Wordstar will turn the keyclick on when you exit, so if you want it off
- permanently, you will have to turn it off again after exiting Wordstar.
-
- The following patch assumes that you have Wordstar in the A drive,
- are at the A prompt, and also have DEBUG on the Wordstar program disk.
-
- A:DEBUG WS.COM
-
- E587F
- xxx.587F 7A.45
- W
- Q
-
- Wordstar is now modified to leave the keyclick off. Turn the click
- off before entering Wordstar, and it will stay off until you exit.
-
- If you do not have some other means of turning the click off, the
- instructions below create a file called KEYOFF which you can print to the
- screen using TYPE. This will turn the keyclick off. Other escape sequences
- can also be sent to the terminal using this method.
-
- A:DEBUG KEYOFF
- file not found
-
- R CX
- CX 0000
- :3
- E100
- xxxx:0100 xx.1B xx.78 xx.32
- (Note: press space after 1B and 78, and return after 32)
- W
- Q
-
- Now you can use this file by entering the command:
-
- TYPE KEYOFF
-
- This will turn off the keyclick.
- = MFAE =
- Using Autoscribe on a 64k system
- -----
- January 4, 1984 #60
-
- Question: I just expanded my H-8 to 64K and the Autoscribe or
- Electronic Typing software won't boot. Won't it work on a 64K system?
-
- Answer: Yes, it will work on a 64K system. However, the following
- patch must be made. Using SUPERDUMP patch track 1, sector 3: using DUMP
- patch track 1, sector 2.
-
- CHANGE BYTE FROM TO
-
- 89 21 21 LXl HoFFH
- 8A 97 FF
- 8B 27 00
- 8C 2E 25 DCR H
- 8D 00 7E MOV A, M
- 8E 24 34lNR M
- 8F 7E BE CMP M
- 90 34 77 MOV M, A
- 91 BE CA JZ 278CH
- 92 77 8C
- 93 C2 27
- 94 8E 00 NOP
- 95 27 00 NOP
- 96 2B 00 NOP
-
- Both SUPERDUMP and DUMP can be obtained from the Heath Users' Group, along
- with instructions on their proper use.
- = MFAF =
- Using Wordstar with a Diablo
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #61
-
- Question: I want to use the Wordstar program with my Diablo
- printer. How do I use INSTALL to do that?
-
- Answer: You do not need to use INSTALL to prepare Wordstar for use
- with a Diablo printer. Wordstar, as delivered from the factory, is
- configured properly.
- = MFAG =
- MAGIC WAND printing problems
- -----
- November 2, 1983 #62
-
- Question: When I print in MAGIC WAND the text comes out all
- garbled, but when I exit to the operating system and use CONTROL P it seems
- to print just fine.
-
- Answer: The CHANGE program must be run to configur MAGIC WAND for
- your printer. (The change program is mentioned in the ZENITH insert on page
- 5.)
- = MFAH =
- Automatic defeat of page numbering
- -----
- November 2, 1983 #63
-
- Question: How do I disable Wordstar's page numbering function
- without using the dot command .OP each time I create a one page document?
-
- Answer: The following steps will defeat the page numbering
- function:
-
- a. At the A> prompt type INSTALL.
-
- b. When the system asks if this is a normal first time installation type
- NO.
-
- c. At the Wordstar Installation options menu, select option C. This allows
- you to make changes to the existing Wordstar, and test the changes
- immediately.
-
- d. The filename of Wordstar to be INSTALLed is WS.COM.
-
- e. The filename for saving INSTALLed Wordstar is WSX.COM.
-
- NOTE: For the next four menus, select option 'U' (no change), and 'Y' (yes)
- to keep the previous selection unchanged. After running thru the four sub-
- menus, the following prompt will appear:
-
- ARE THE MODIFICATIONS TO WORDSTAR COMPLETE?
- IF THEY ARE ANSWER YES TO THE NEXT QUESTION.
- IF YOU WISH TO MAKE ADDITIONAL PATCHES TO WORDSTAR'S
- USER AREAS, ANSWER NO TO THE NEXT QUESTION.
-
- OK (Y/N):
-
- f. Type 'N' (no). This will bring you into Wordstar's patching facility.
-
- g. Type ITPOPN: for the location to be changed.
-
- h. For the new value type 'FF' RETURN.
-
- i. At the next location prompt type '0', and you will be asked to confirm
- the INSTALLation selections. When typing a 'Y' at the prompt, the newly
- installed WSX.COM will be run, giving you a chance to test the changes. Once
- you are satisfied that the patch is implemented properly, exit Wordstar and
- rename the WSX.COM file to WS.COM. (PIP WS.COM=WSX.COM)
- = MFAI =
- Magic Wand PRINT from drives greater than B:
- ------
- November 2, 1983 #64
-
- Question: I have more than two drives on my Z89 and would like to
- be able to access these drives while editing or printing a file with my
- Magic Wand disk on A and the file to be processed on a drive higher than
- letter C. At present, Magic Wand only recognizes drives A and B when PRINT
- is invoked, and although I can EDIT a file on a drive higher than B, I
- cannot display a file or get a file directory while in EDIT for these
- additional drives. Is there any solution to this problem?
-
- Answer: Yes, there are modifications you can make to PRINT.COM and
- EDIT.COM using CP/M's DDT utility that will allow you to access the maximum
- number of drives possible (6) with the Z89.
-
- For PRINT.COM the procedure is:
-
- Boot your system with your CP/M disk in drive A and your Magic Wand disk in
- drive B.
-
- TYPE -----> DDT B:PRINT.COM
-
- The machine will respond: DDT VERS 2.2
- NEXT PC
- 5000 0100
- -
-
- TYPE -----> S680 (Return)
-
- The machine will respond: 0680 02
-
- TYPE -----> 06 (Return)
-
- The machine will respond: 0681 CO
-
- TYPE -----> . (Return)
-
- The machine will respond: -
-
- TYPE -----> GO
-
- At the A> prompt, type SAVE 79 B:NEWPRINT.COM.
-
- After you have verified that NEWPRINT.COM operates properly, rename
- NEWPRINT.COM to PRINT.COM.
-
- For EDIT.COM the procedure is:
-
- Boot your system with your CP/M disk in drive A and your Magic Wand disk in
- drive B.
-
- TYPE -----> DDT B:EDIT.COM
-
- The machine will respond: DDT VERS 2.2
- NEXT PC
- 4080 0100
- -
-
- TYPE -----> S400 (Return)
-
- The machine will respond: 0400 02
-
- TYPE -----> 06 (Return)
-
- The machine will respond: 0401 DO
-
- TYPE -----> . (Return)
-
- The machine will respond: -
-
- TYPE -----> GO
-
- At the A> prompt, type SAVE 64 B:NEWEDIT.COM.
-
- After you have verified that NEWEDIT.COM operates properly, rename
- NEWEDIT.COM to EDIT.COM.
- = MFAJ =
- Confusion over the Wordstar version number
- ------
- November 2, 1983 #65
-
- Question: When I got my Wordstar/Mailmerge program, the label said
- version 3.0 but when I started up the system I found it was version 2.26.
-
- Answer You did get the right disk. The version we are currently
- selling is version 2.26. Some of the diskettes were mislabeled as version
- 3.0.
- = MFB =
- Accounting software information
- -----
- May 10, 1984 #69
-
- Question: When using the BPI Accounting Series I can enable the
- screen display colors only on certain individual packages within the series.
- How can I enable this option within all the BPI packages?
-
- Answer: If your version of GWBASIC is 1.0 then the following patch
- will allow color in certain BPI packages.
-
- The following patch assumes you have BASICA.EXE in A drive, are at the A
- prompt, and also have DEBUG.COM on the bootable BASICA disk.
-
- A:REN BASICA.EXE A.BIN (Renames BASICA.EXE)
- A:DEBUG A.BIN (enter this line and then hit CR)
- DEBUG version X.XX
- -EE2DB (enter EE2DB and then hit CR)
- XXXX:E2DB 00.01 (enter 01 to the right of . hit CR)
- -W (enter W and hit CR)
- Writing XXXX bytes
- -Q (enter Q hit CR returns to A prompt)
-
- A>REN A.BIN BASICA.EXE (Renames A.BIN to BASICA.EXE)
-
- REN A.BIN BASICA.EXE
-
- *THIS PATCH IS NOT NEEDED FOR GWBASIC VERSION 1.26.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #82
-
- Question: Can I PIP Peachtree files from the distributed media to a
- different media? [Example, from the Z47 to the Z67.]
-
- Answer: While it is possible to move Peachtree programs from the
- Z47 to the Z67, we do not recommend it. Nor do we support any such
- procedure. Because of the interaction of some of the Peachtree programs with
- CP/M's BIOS, transferring files between dissimilar media may cause
- incompatability problems and unpredictable results.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #83
-
- Question: How do I use the H/Z-25 printer with Peachtree software
- since it is not an option on the printer menu?
-
- Answer: Select the WH-14 printer, on the printer selection menu and
- set the switches on the back of the printer as follows:
- Left to Right: (0=down) 01000110 00010000 00000000
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #84
-
- Question: I just purchased and installed a soft-sectored controller
- card and associated MTR-90 components in my Z89 computer. I am no longer
- able to boot my Z47 8" Peachtree software. What can I do to correct this
- problem? (The same problem will be encountered when attempting to use Z47
- Peachtree software in a Z90 computer with the Z47 controller installed.)
-
- Answer: Z47 Peachtree software is currently being supplied with
- CP/M version 2.2.02. The BIOS for version 2.2.02 has to "see" the Z47 at
- port 170Q, leaving only port 174Q for the Z47 controller. For this reason
- the Z47 Peachtree software will not boot.
- -----
- November 2, 1983 #85
-
- Question: How do I get a TITLE account to eject to the top of
- the page when printing financial statements in PEACHTREE GENERAL LEDGER?
- (On page 36 of the manual it says to use the up arrow key, but that doesn't
- work.)
-
- Answer: By preceeding the account name with the ^ character it will
- cause a new page to begin. (The ^ character is found on the keyboard above
- the 6 key.)
- -------
- November 2, 1983 #86
-
- Question: How do I configure my Peachtree system to run with my C.
- ITOH OKIDATA. . . printer?
-
- Answer: Since none of the above mentioned printers are on the
- printer selection menu, the diskettes must be modified. Simply, the program
- that changes the baud rates and logical devices must be disabled. To do
- this you will be PIPing the main menu over the printer sub-menu.
-
- With a CP/M working disk in drive A and the program disk in drive B, issue
- the command for the package you will be modifying.
-
- GENERAL LEDGER - PIP B:GLMENU.BAS = B:MENUGL.BAS
- INVENTORY - PIP B:INMENU.BAS = B:MENU.BAS
- ACCOUNTS REC. - PIP B:MENUAR.COM = B:ARMENU.COM
- ACCOUNTS PAY. - PIP B:APMENU.BAS = B:MENUAP.BAS
- SALES INVOICING - PIP B:MENUSI.COM = B:SIMENU.COM
-
- If you are using 5 1/4" media, for Accounts Receivable the ARCP program must
- be deleted before the program can be PIPed.
-
- After PIPing the program over, you can go in to CONFIGUR and make the same
- changes you would if you were running a CP/M program.
- ------
- November 2, 1983 #87
-
- Question: While running one of the Peachtree packages, adding
- transactions, I came up with ERROR MESSAGE 121. About ten minutes before I
- hung up I got the ERROR MESSAGE "THE SOURCE FILE IS FILLED TO WITHIN 5% OF
- THE FILE CAPACITY". How do I fix the disks?
-
- Answer As soon as you get the message that the disk is filling up
- you must stop entering data.
-
- If you are just starting up and entering several months worth of data you
- should have run the EOP processing at the end of each months data. If you
- are in the middle of a normal month, your file sizes are not large enough.
-
- You must increase the size of your files and run EOP or file fix. Do not
- enter more data or the file may be unuseable, and file fix will not be able
- to repair the disk.
- ------
- November 2, 1983 #88
-
- Question: Why should I buy Sales Invoicing when Accounts Receivable
- seems to do the same things?
-
- Answer: Sales Invoicing is used as the interface between Accounts
- Receivable and Inventory Management. In addition Sales Invoicing will
- generate a back-order report, check inventory levels and credit limits.
- Sales Invoicing cannot be used as a stand-alone system.
- ------
- November 2, 1983 #89
-
- Question: What do I do when I get ERROR #6 during the check
- printing program in the Peachtree Accounts Payable program?
-
- Answer: Below are the modifications necessary to eliminate the
- error #6 condition. Error #6 (Overflow error) MAY occur during the CK-Print
- Checks program, after a check stub has been printed. Error #6 will not be
- flagged in every Accounts Payable program, it is a rounding error caused by
- large amounts being accumulated.
-
- APCK.BAS (Print Checks)
-
- OLD
- 28040 I=VAL(WS$):IF LEN (WS$)=1 THEN WS$=WS$+"0"
-
- CHANGE TO:
- 28040 IF LEN(WS$)=1 THEN WS$=WS$+"0"
-
- OLD
- 28060 IF I=0 THEN OP$="NO"+OP$ ELSE OP$=""+WS$+OP$
-
- CHANGE TO:
- 28060 I=VAL(WS$):IF I=0 THEN OP$+"NO"+OP$ ELSE OP$=""+WS$+OP$
-
- Reference, Appendix C
- = MFC =
- Database software information
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #90
-
- Question: Why does Condor assign only four bytes to a numeric field
- that I had previously defined as 10 underscores?
-
- Answer: The number of bytes used to store numbers (dollars,
- numerics, and Julian dates) does not directly correspond to the number of
- underscores. For these data types, the underscores indicate the number of
- digits that can be entered.
-
- When storing data on disk, Condor uses a compression scheme that
- saves disk space. The number of bytes assigned corresponds to the range of
- values that can be entered. The table below lists the number of underscores
- entered, possible ranges, and the number of bytes automatically assigned for
- those ranges:
-
- Underscores Range Bytes Assigned
- 1-2 +(0-99) 1
- 3-4 +(0-9999) 2
- 5-6 +(0-999999) 3
- 7-10 +(0-2147483647) 4
-
- Never attempt to override the number of bytes assigned automatically during
- define.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #91
-
- Question: I have a Condor database with two fields--[REGULAR HOURS]
- and [REGULAR PAY].When I try to list the database with LIST CUSTOMER BY
- REGULAR HOURS, REGULAR PAY, I get an error message stating that REGULAR is
- not a field. Why?
-
- Answer: When using field names with spaces between words, you must
- enclose them in quotes (either ' or "). Your correct command line should
- read:
-
- LIST CUSTOMER BY "REGULAR HOURS" "REGULAR PAY"
-
- Generally it is not recommended to use spaces in field names. Using periods
- as spacers (e.g., REGULAR.HOURS) will remove the need to use quotation
- marks.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #92
-
- Question: Page 34 of the Z-90 Condor manual states that FORMAT may be
- used to create batch files. Mine won't run. What am I doing wrong?
-
- Answer: Our error! FORMAT cannot be used to create batch files for
- use with the RUN command. You must use a text processor (ED or PIE) or word
- processor (Magic Wand or Wordstar) to create batch files. HELP screens can be
- created with FORMAT.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #93
-
- Question: I created a Condor batch file with the following
- instructions:
-
- *MESSAGE Sorting database...Be patient
- SORT ADDR4 BY ZIP LAST.NAME FIRST.NAME
- *MESSAGE Shall I print database now that it is sorted (Y/N)?
- *GET $3
- *IF $3 = "Y"
- PRINT ADDR4 BY FIRST.NAME LAST.NAME ZIP
- COMMENT 1
- *ENDIF
- *END
-
- When I RUN this batch file I am asked whether or not I wish to print the
- database before the sort occurs. Why is this?
-
- Answer: Batch files are processed by Condor in two steps. First
- all directives (the commands with stars '*') are processed in the order they
- appear. This means that all messages will be shown and all questions asked
- BEFORE regular Condor commands (e.g.,SORT) are processed. The second step
- is the processing of the regular Condor commands.
-
- Although the commands in a batch file are processed in two steps,
- the *IF directive in the above example will be processed properly: If 'N'
- was entered in response to the question during the first step, then the
- PRINT will not be performed during the second step.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #94
-
- Question: When PRINTing a large database, Condor prints the field
- names as column headings on the first page only. All subsequent pages are
- printed without column headings. If I use the TITLE command to label the
- columns, then the first page contains the TITLE headings and the field names
- as column headings. How do I get column headings just once on every page?
-
- Answer: True. Print does only print the field names on the first
- page as column headings. To produce your report the following commands
- should be entered:
-
- TITLE 'NAME ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP PHONE',L,L,L
- PRINT DATAB BY NAME ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP PHONE [X]
-
- The [X] option will prevent Condor from printing the headings on the first
- page, while the title command will print the heading in quotes on each and
- every page. The 3 'L's will put three blank lines between the title and the
- data. Note that you may have to adjust the spacing in the TITLE command so
- that the field names line up with the data.
- ------
- November 2, 1983 #95
-
- Question: When executing a help screen with CONDOR DBMS I would
- like to be able to automatically return to the help screen after executing
- one of the options on the help screen.
-
- Answer: In order to automatically be returned to the help screen
- the option you select from the help screen must be a command procedure. The
- last command in this procedure should be "HELP filename".
- = MFD =
- Spreadsheet software information
- -----
- August 8, 1984 #164
-
- Question: Why didn't I receive an INSTALL disk with my Multiplan
- package? The Getting Started Section of the manual says that I need an
- INSTALL disk and a PROGRAM disk.
-
- Answer: Since the Zenith version of Multiplan is already installed
- for your computer, the INSTALL disk is not included in your package. There
- is an insert (look for a gold cover) which supersedes the "Getting Started"
- section and explains how to make working copies of your Multiplan Disk.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #96
-
- Question: I tried to move my Supercalc program to another disk.
- Everything seemed okay when I used the PIP program to do this, but when I
- tried to use Supercalc it did not function correctly.
-
- Answer: Version 1.04 of the Supercalc program cannot be transferred
- to a new disk using the PIP utility. Version 1.05 will permit you to use the
- PIP utility to transfer Supercalc to a new disk. Supercalc version 1.05 will
- soon be sent to all registered Zenith Data Systems and Heath customers. If
- you do have a need to transfer Supercalc version 1.04 to a new disk, you will
- need to DUP the disk from the factory and perform a CP/M SYSGEN operation.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #97
- Question: How do I make my Supercalc display print wider than 80
- characters?
-
- Answer: The default for version 1.05 of Supercalc is 132 characters.
- The procedure for making the print format wider than 132 characters is as
- follows:
- Step 1. Enter the Output command "/O" on the prompt line. Next,
- specify the range you wish your printout to include. The prompt line will
- now say: "Enter device: P(rinter), S(etup), C(onsole), or D(isk).
- Step 2. Select S for setup. The setup menu will now be displayed and
- the prompt line will say, "Enter codes (CR when done)."
- Step 3. Press the W key and then RETURN. The prompt line will now
- say, "Enter number (0-255), then return."
- Step 4. Enter the number corresponding to the width you wish the
- printout to be (for example 150) and then RETURN. The number you entered
- will now be displayed as the page width and you will again be prompted by,
- "Enter codes (CR when done)."
- Step 5. Press the P key and then RETURN. Your display will then be
- printed out in the page width format you have selected.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #98
-
- Question: When I was editing a worksheet in Supercalc and I just
- finished entering a command, the screen came back in a disordered condition
- with the display split. In addition, the command line contained
- miscellaneous characters. What caused this condition and what can I do to
- fix the problem?
-
- Answer: The condition is caused by pressing the "Return" key more
- than once after inserting lines. To fix it, perform the following steps:
- a. Press the / key and the W key (Do not press Return). The command
- line will respond with "Window". The space above the command line will
- display the following: V(ert.), C(lear Split), S(ynch.) or U(nsynch.)
- b. Press the C key (Do not press Return). The command line will then
- clear to the > prompt.
- c. Press the / key and the G key (Do not press Return). The command
- line will respond with "Global." The space above the command line
- will display the following: F(orm.), N(ext), B(order), T(ab), R(ow),
- C(ol.), M(an.), A(uto)?
- d. Press the B key (Do not press Return). The command line will then
- clear to the > prompt and your problem should go away.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #99
-
- Question: When I use Supercalc the active cell does not always
- appear in reverse video on the spreadsheet. Also, when I use the arrow keys,
- instead of moving the active cell, the data entry line fills with the numbers
- corresponding to the arrow key I press. How can I correct this situation?
-
- Answer: Use the CP/M CONFIGUR program as follows to correct this
- problem:
- a. On the CONFIGUR main menu, select option A--Set Terminal and
- Printer Characteristics.
- b. Set the TRUE/FALSE flag for option F (Force output to upper case on
- CRT:) to FALSE.
- c. Select option Y (Finished, make changes and return to main menu.)
- d. Seclect option Y in the main menu (Configure, making changes to
- both memory and disk. Be certain that the disk is not write
- protected.)
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #100
-
- Question: In Multiplan, can I have windows link both horizontally
- and vertically?
-
- Answer: Use the Title option of the Window Split command. It
- preserves linkages in both directions.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #101
-
- Question: Can I send my printer escape sequences or control
- characters from Multiplan?
-
- Answer: Yes. Use the setup field of the Print Options command. To
- enter a control code, type ^(shift 6) followed by the character. For
- instance ^L is a form feed. Because an escape is a control [, enter it as a
- ^[.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #102
-
- Question: What steps should I take before allowing an inexperienced
- user access to a worksheet I have developed?
-
- Answer: Make a backup copy of the worksheet. Create all windows the
- user will need and link them together as the new user will use them. Lock
- all titles, formulas, and other cells the inexperienced user should not
- access.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #103
-
- Question: What is the primary useof the ROW() or COLUMN() functions?
-
- Answer: Use rows or columns if they represent equal increments of a
- measurable or countable quantity. For example if the unit of measure is
- time, column might represent the year, COLUMN(), in a financial projection.
-
- In a transient circuit analysis, ROW(), might represent the number of
- milliseconds since the beginning of an experiment.
-
- In a heat or mass transfer analysis, COLUMN(), might represent some
- distance from the beginning of a body being analyzed.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #104
-
- Question: Multiplan will not print lines wider than 165 characters.
- In compressed mode, my Z-25 can print 231 characters on a line. Can I use
- this Z-25 capability?
-
- Answer: Not at this time.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #105
-
- Question: I have a group of Multiplan worksheets than contain
- related information. How do I update them to insure all quantities are
- updated properly?
-
- Answer: First update all worksheets with no external references.
- Then update worksheets that contain information relatd to those you have
- already updated. Then update worksheets that depend only on the new
- collection of updated worksheets. Repeat the process ofupdating all
- worksheets that depend only on the current collection of updated worksheets
- until all worksheets are updated.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #106
-
- Question: When should I use relative references (e.g. R[-1] C) and
- when should I use absolute references?
-
- Answer: The only time the distinction matters is when you copy the
- cell. If the copy is to refer to a particular cell, use an absolute
- reference. An example whould be a FICA tax rate applied to all wages in
- twelve months of an income statement. If the copy is to refer to a
- corresponding cell in the block, use relative references. An example is
- subtracting cost of goods sold from sales in each month to arrive at gross
- margin. You want to subtract the corresponding values of sales and cost of
- goods sold to arrive at gross margin.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #107
-
- Question: Can I merge two worksheets?
-
- Answer: Only in one worksheet was saved in SYLK format. Unlike
- Supercalc, you cannot move a sheet to another location when you load it. If
- you leave room for the sheet to be merged and if the sheet to be merged was
- saved in SYLK format, you can merge them.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #108
-
- Question: I occasionally use Multiplan on an IBM-PC. Can I transfer
- worksheets back and forth on my Z-100?
-
- Answer: Yes, if you are running Multiplan under IBM-PC-DOS (not
- CP/M-86) and you saved your worksheet in symbolic (SYLK) format. You may be
- able to transfer worksheets saved in normal mode, but we do not recommend
- this because Microsoft does not support it.
-
- If your IBM-PC has single sided drives, any disks formatted on your
- Z-100 can be transferred to your IBM-PC.
-
- If you have Multiplan for your Z-89, you can transfer worksheets to
- your Z-100 under the following conditions. You must have a 48 tpi soft
- sectored drive on your Z-89. The file must be saved in symbolic format.
- (Again, you may be abble to transfer worksheets saved in normal mode, but we
- do not recommend this.) After saving the file from your Z-89, use the Z-DOS
- RDCPM utility to transform the file from CP/M to Z-DOS format.
-
- You can transfer worksheets to your Z-89 by running CPS on your Z-89,
- connecting the printer port on your Z-100 to the modem port on your Z-89, and
- copying the worksheet to bbe transferred to PRN:.
- -----
- December 28, 1983 #109
-
- ASIN functions. Can I
- simulate these in Multiplan?
-
- Answer: Because these functions are used so infrequently, they were
- not included in Multiplan.
-
- However, here are simulations for them. Replace [cell] with the cell
- that you want arccos or arcsin of. Note: cell references must be relative.
- If they are absolute, the formula is not accepted.
- ACOS:
- IF([cell]>0,ATAN(SQRT(1/([cell]*[cell])-1)),PI()-
- IF([cell]=0,PI()/2,ATAN(SQRT(1/([cell]*[cell])-1))))
- ASIN:
- SIGN([cell]*IF([cell]=0,0,IF(ABS([cell])=1,PI()/2
- ATAN(SQRT(1/(1/([cell]*[cell])-1)))))
- The functions could be simplified, but they would not handle the endpoints
- and zero properly.
- -----
- November 2, 1983 #110
-
- Question: I just received my SuperCalc update and everytime I go to
- print the system "hangs up" and won't print the worksheet.
-
- Answer: The CONFIGUR program must be run. The baud rate and LST
- device must be configured exactly like your current CP/M configuration.
- -----
- = MFE =
- Miscellaneous applications software information
- -----
- August 9, 1984
-
- SUPERSORT will not work properly with DOS 2.xx for both Z-100 and Z-100 PC.
- The following patch is required.
-
- Insert the DOS disk into drive A and a working copy of SUPERSORT program disk
- into another drive.
- Type:
-
- DEBUG <d:>SORT.COM (press RETURN)
-
- Where <d:> is the drive that contains SUPERSORT program. For example, if
- SUPERSORT is in drive B, you would type: DEBUG B:SORT.COM
-
- A hypen (-) should appear on the screen.
- Type:
-
- D 1DD2 L4 press RETURN
- should read 80 4C 05 80
- change to 90 90 90 90
-
- F 1DD2 L4 90 press RETURN
-
- Type:
- W to write to the disk.
-
- Type:
- Q to quit.
-
- Note: The running change is for this version only. The fix will be
- incorporated into the future version.
- -----
- June 6, 1984 #9
-
- Question: I have a Z-100 and a MPI-150 with AP-PAK. I can create a
- circle on the screen, but when I dump it to the printer it comes out an
- oval. How can I overcome this?
-
- Answer: The most nearly perfect circle results from the following
- BASIC statement:
-
- Circle (320,120),160,,,,.3
-
- The circle with appear on the screen as a horizontal oval.
- -----
- November 2, 1983 #111
-
- Question: I have been experiencing problems using SUPER SORT as a
- subroutine from within a compiled program. I am using the select option and
- my selection string is correct, but I still get an INTERNAL ERROR message
- every time it runs!
-
- Answer: Under certain conditions, it is necessary to include an
- additional operator just before the TERMINATION (X' FF') operator in the
- selection string. This additional operator is the SPECIAL AND (X'09")
- operator. There are no hard and fast rules regarding when this operator will
- be needed, but if your selection string logic is correct and SUPER SORT still
- gives you an INTERNAL ERROR, then include the SPECIAL AND. That should solve
- the problem.
- = MG =
- Operating systems and languages software information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Microsoft operating systems 12/03/84 57k
- B - Digital Research operating systems 06/12/84 59k
- C - HDOS operating system 01/27/84 3k
- D - BASIC languages 10/24/84 36k
- E - FORTRAN languages 06/28/84 6k
- F - COBOL languages 12/05/84 15k
- G - PASCAL languages 02/14/84 5k
- H - Assembly languages 01/18/85 9k
- I - Communications programs 06/27/84 9k
- * - Download all the menu categories 191k
- = MGA =
- MS-DOS/Z-DOS operating systems
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - General MS-DOS operating system information 10/04/84 2k
- B - OS-63-50 Z-150 MS-DOS version 2 operating system 10/04/84 18k
- C - OS-61-8 Z-100 MS-DOS version 2 operating system 12/03/84 21k
- D - OS-63-4 Z-100 Z-DOS operating system software 06/27/84 15k
- * - Download all the menu categories 56k
- = MGAA =
- General MS-DOS operating system information
- -----
- October 4, 1984 #176
-
- Question: How can I fit the MS-DOS version 2 print screen image
- from the PSCOKI on 8 1/2 by 11 inch paper?
-
- Answer: The print screen usually assumes that the printer contains
- 11 by 14 inch paper. The following commands executed before the print screen
- command will condense the print:
-
- copy con prn
- CTRL-] CTRL-Z
-
-
- The CTRL-] and CTRL-Z will appear on the screen as '^]^Z'.
- -----
- October 4, 1984 #174
-
- Question: Sometimes the MS-DOS version 2 APPLY command gives me the
- error message "Error EXECing COMMAND.COM, Terminating". How can I correct
- for this?
-
- Answer: This error usually occurs because you do not have the
- COMMAND.COM program in the root directory of the default disk. Remember that
- neither the PATH nor the COMSPEC options have any affect on what APPLY does.
-
- There was a version of APPLY created 11-1-83 that had a memory
- allocation problem which would sometimes cause this error. This was
- particularly the case when using MDISK.DVD or other such programs that use
- significant amounts of memory. If you have this version the following patch
- will correct for this problem.
-
- Enter the following comands exactly as shown:
-
- debug apply.com
- d100 10f
-
- Make sure that the values displayed match those described as follows:
-
- ????:0100 BC 75 03 BB 37 07 83 C3-0F B9 04 00 D3 EB 8C C9
-
- When the program is the correct, unmodified version of the original program
- this patch is designed for these values will match. If these values match
- then enter the following commands exactly as shown:
-
- e104 6e 8
- e110 90 90
- w
- q
- = MGAB =
- OS-63-50 Z-150 MS-DOS version 2 operating system
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Improve reliability of some floppy drives 09/10/84 2k
- B - Maximum number of files in an MS-DOS directory 06/26/84 1k
- C - Increasing the keyboard input buffer size 06/04/84 4k
- D - Z150 escape sequences 06/04/84 2k
- E - Patch for ANSI.SYS wrap around problem 06/01/84 1k
- F - Compatibility differences with some software 05/04/84 2k
- G - Transferring data files to Z-DOS 05/04/84 1k
- H - Example of user-defined serial device 04/14/84 2k
- I - Problems with configuring the parallel port 04/06/84 1k
- J - Patch for DBase version 2.4 to run with MS-DOS 2.1 03/24/84 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 17k
- = MGABA =
- Improve reliability of some floppy drives
- -----
- September 10, 1984 #163
-
- Question: I have experienced occasional problems with formatting my
- floppy disks and reading them. Is there a problem in the operating system
- that causes this?
-
- Answer: The floppy drives used in some of the Z150 computers do
- occasionally require a greater head settle time than provided by the
- earliest versions of the operating system. If the IO.SYS of your operating
- system is version 1.04 or earlier then the following patch might help. The
- version of IO.SYS can be found with the VER command when the computer is
- booted. This patch is acceptable no matter what kind of drives you are
- using though it is usually unnecessary.
-
- If you still experience problems with your drives after implementing
- this patch then there is probably a problem with your drives that requires
- servicing.
-
- The following commands create an exact copy of your original
- distribution disk with the patch implemented. The first step is to boot up
- on your original distribution disk and place a blank disk in the B: drive.
-
- DEBUG (call debug)
- E0:579 (patch in memory io.sys)
- F (increase the head settle time)
- Q (exit debug)
- DISKCOPY/V (call diskcopy)
- AB (copy from A to B)
- N (exit diskcopy)
- DEBUG (call debug)
- L100,1,B,1 (load io.sys sector from disk)
- E21B (patch on disk io.sys)
- F (increase the head settle time)
- W100,1,B,1 (write io.sys sector to disk)
- Q (exit debug)
-
- If you are using a single drive system you will be asked to change
- the disks in the drive at various points in this procedure.
- = MGABB =
- Maximum number of files in an MS-DOS directory
- -----
- June 26, 1984 #38
-
- Question: What is the maximum number of files in an MS-DOS
- directory?
-
- Answer: The maximum number of files is different for each of the
- different types of floppy disk formats. The following table lists the
- maximum number of files for each of the different disk formats.
-
- 64 5 1/4" single sided
- 112 5 1/4" double sided
- 64 winchester partition <256k
- 112 winchester partition <1m
- 256 winchester partition <4m
- 512 winchester partition <16m
- 1024 winchester partition >16m
-
- Note that under MS-DOS 2 it is possible to use subdirectories which
- have no limit on the number of files in the directory. You can run out of
- disk space though since each directory entry requires 32 bytes plus the
- space for the file.
- = MGABC =
- Increasing the keyboard input buffer size
- -----
- June 4, 1984 #8
-
- Question: Is it possible to increase the keyboard input buffer
- beyond the current maximum of 15 characters for type ahead?
-
- Answer: The Z-100 PC has the capability of operating with an
- expanded keyboard buffer for those applications where the standard 15
- character buffer is not sufficient. This feature is available throught the
- use of special 'pointer variables' contained in the Z-100 PC's monitor data
- area at segment address 0F000H. These pointers may be changed to specify a
- new and larger buffer. These changes will remain in effect until
- initialized buring bootup (CTRL-ALT-DEL or CTRL-ALT-INS). The procedure to
- define a new buffer is as follows:
-
- (1) Allocate a block of memory as large as the keyboard buffer you would
- like to install. How this is done is dependent on the operating system and
- the hardware you are using. See the example that follows. Note that the
- number of characters that can be typed ahead is one less than half the size
- of the buffer.
-
- (2) Set the word variable at F000:C8 to the segment address for this block
- of memory.
-
- (3) Set the word variables at 40:1A, 40:1C and F000:CA to the starting
- offset of the new keyboard buffer.
-
- (4) Set the word variable at F000:CC to the offset of the last byte in the
- keyboard buffer. Note that a value of 0FFFFh is not permissible.
-
- This procedure can be used to install a buffer as large as 65,534
- bytes or 32,766 characters long. This would take nearly three hours to fill
- holding a key down at the maximum repeat rate!
-
- As an example, the following MS-DOS program will allocate the top 8k
- of unused Z-150 monitor RAM for use as a 4k character keyboard buffer. Type
- the program into a file called BIGKBUFF.ASM and create using the following
- commands:
-
- MASM BIGKBUFF;
- LINK BIGKBUFF;
- DEL BIGKBUFF.OBJ
- EXE2BIN BIGKBUFF.EXE BIGKBUFF.COM
- DEL BIGKBUFF.EXE
- BIGKBUFF
-
- The following is the BIGKBUFF.ASM program source:
-
- monitor_segment segment at 0f000h ;z-150 monitor data segment
- key_buff_segment equ 0c8h ;buffer segment
- key_buff_start equ 0cah ;start offset of buffer
- key_buff_end equ 0cch ;end offset of buffer
- free_mem equ 02000h ;start of available memory
- end_mem equ 03ffeh ;end of free memory
- monitor_segment ends
- data_segment segment at 040h ;compatible data segment
- key_head_ptr equ 01ah ;buffer head pointer
- key_tail_ptr equ 01ch ;buffer tail pointer
- data_segment ends
- code segment public
- assume cs:code,ds:data_segment,es:monitor_segment
-
- org 0100h
- begin:
- mov ax,monitor_segment ;point to the monitor segment
- mov es,ax
- mov ax,data_segment ;point to data segment
- mov ds,ax
- mov es:key_buff_segment,monitor_segment
- mov ds:key_head_ptr,free_mem
- mov ds:key_tail_ptr,free_mem
- mov es:key_buff_start,free_mem
- mov es:key_buff_end,end_mem
- ret
- code ends
- end begin
-
- For those who do not have an assembler the following debug commands will
- create the program:
-
- nbigkbuff.com
- rcx
- 2c
- e100
- B8 00 F0 8E C0 B8 40 00
- 8E D8 26 C7 06 C8 00 00
- F0 C7 06 1A 00 00 20 C7
- 06 1C 00 00 20 26 C7 06
- CA 00 00 20 26 C7 06 CC
- 00 FE 3F C3
- w
- q
-
- The program may be used in an AUTOEXEC.BAT file. There will be no
- problem if the program is accidently run twice. The effect of the program
- will only be undone by rebooting the computer.
- = MGABD =
- Z150 escape sequences
- -----
- June 4, 1984 #7
-
- Question: How do I issue escape sequences to the Z100 PC for
- extended screen and keyboard control?
-
- Answer: Normally there are no valid escape sequences on the Z150
- series of computers. It can be done with the presence of a special screen
- and keyboard device driver on the bootup disk, which can be accomplished by
- placing the command:
-
- DEVICE=ANSI.SYS
-
- in the CONFIG.SYS file. Please refer to your MS DOS manual for information
- on the CONFIG.SYS file. These sequences can only be issued through the MS
- DOS function requests 1, 2, 6, and 9.
-
- By booting to a disk with the above change to the CONFIG.SYS file, some of
- the ANSI standard terminal control codes may be issued. Some examples of
- these codes are:
-
- SEQUENCE FUNCTION
-
- ESC [2J Erase entire screen and home cursor.
-
- ESC 1m High intensity on.
-
- ESC 0m High intensity off.
-
- ESC [#,#H Move cursor to specified position, where the first '#'
- and second '#' are the line and column numbers respectively.
- = MGABE =
- Patch for ANSI.SYS wrap around problem
- -----
- June 1, 1984 #6
-
- Question: Normally when I type more than 80 characters on the
- screen of my Z150 computer when using MS-DOS version 2 it automatically
- wraps around to the next line. Is there anyway I can get it to do this when
- I am using the ANSI.SYS device driver?
-
- Answer: The following commands will patch the ANSI.SYS device
- driver to default to line wrap.
-
- debug ansi.sys
- e138
- 1
- w
- q
- = MGABF =
- Compatibility differences with some software
- -----
- May 4, 1984 #5
-
- Question: I realize that it is not possible for you to test all
- possible IBM PC software packages for compatibility with the Z-150. Can you
- tell me how I might identify software packages that might not work on the Z-
- 150 compatible computer?
-
- Answer: It would be very unusual for a software package not to work
- on the Z-150 unless the package deliberately attempts to detect that it is
- running on a compatible computer. A few software packages use the cassette
- port or the BASIC in ROM of the IBM PC. We of course cannot violate the
- copyright and duplicate the IBM ROM. It is very rare for a program to
- directly use the IBM ROM in this fashion. Some programs try to use the
- color signals from the composite video port instead of the usual RGB port.
- Since the quality of this color composite video is very poor anyway the Z-
- 150 converts the color composite signal to a monochrome grey scale which
- works much better on the monchrome monitors. The Z-150 of course supports
- color on the RGB port exactly the same way that the IBM PC does.
- = MGABG =
- Transferring data files to Z-DOS
- -----
- May 4, 1984 #4
-
- Question: How can I read a data disk created on the Z-150 under MS-
- DOS version 2 on the Z-100 under Z-DOS?
-
- Answer: The default is 9 sectors per track when formatting a blank
- disk under MS-DOS version 2; Z-DOS only recognizes a format of 8 sectors per
- track. A switch can be added to the MS-DOS version 2 FORMAT command, namely
- the '/8' switch, to indicate that you wish to format a blank disk with 8
- sectors per track. Once this disk is formatted you may copy data to it on
- the Z-150 and read it under Z-DOS. Be aware of the fact, however, that Z-
- DOS only recognizes a single directory and will not copy files in an MS-DOS
- version 2 sub-directory, therefore only copy files to this disk's root
- directory.
- = MGABH =
- Example of user-defined serial device
- -----
- April 14, 1984 #3
-
- Question: How do I Configure a user defined serial printer for use
- on the Z-150.
-
- Answer: Since this option is very flexible the details of its use
- depend on the exact application it is intended for. As an example the WH-53
- does not appear in the CONFIGUR menu since it was made available only
- recently. The proper entries for configuring the WH-53 are as follows.
- Those options which are usually always the same are marked with an asterisk.
-
- Steps: Things keyed in Comments
-
- 1)* configur (call the configur prog.)
- 2)* B (select config com device.)
- 3)* A or B (select com port)
- 4)* H (select user defined option.)
- 5)* <cr> (no strip of parity on input.)
- 6)* <cr> (no strip of parity on output.)
- 7)* <cr> (no map of lower case on input.)
- 8)* <cr> (no map of upper case on output.)
- 9) E (Choose 1200 baud rate.)
- 10) A (choose 1 stop bit.)
- 11) A (choose no parity.)
- 12) B (choose 8 bit words.)
- 13) A (choose no handshaking.)
- 14)* <cr> (no pad characters.)
- 15)* 0 (insert no pad characters.)
- 16)* A (select config lpt device.)
- 17)* A (map parallel to serial output.)
- 18) A or B or C (select prn port. normally lpt1.)
- 19) A or B or C (use the one selected in step 3.)
- 20)* C (exit to main menu.)
- 21)* F (make changes to disk and memory.)
-
- Note: your serial printer may require the use of a null modem cable to
- connect it to one of your serial ports.
- = MGABI =
- Problems with configuring the parallel port
- -----
- April 6, 1984 #2
-
- Question: How do I CONFIGUR a parallel printer under MS-DOS 2.0?
- Sometimes the instructions in the manual work and sometimes they don't.
-
- Answer: The manual does not explicitly state the steps necessary to
- CONGIFUR a parallel printer if a serial printer had previously been used.
- The complete steps necessary are described as follows:
-
- CONFIGUR (call the CONFIGUR program)
- A (Configure LPT device)
- A (Map parallel output to serial output)
- A (LPT1)
- A (No mapping)
- B (Configure parallel device)
- A (LPT1)
- RETURN (Strip parity on output NO)
- RETURN (Map lower case to upper NO)
- RETURN (Pad character)
- RETURN (No pad characters)
- RETURN (No timeout value)
- C (Exit)
- F (Change disk and memory)
- A (Change disk A)
- C (Exit program)
- = MGABJ =
- Patch for DBase version 2.4 to run with MS-DOS 2.1
- -----
- March 24, 1984 #1
-
- Patch for DBase version 2.4 to run with MS-DOS 2.1
-
- There is a problem in DBase 2 from Ashton-Tate, version 2.4, that
- causes problems when running in MS-DOS 2.1. This problem does not occur
- with earlier versions of the operating system, or with an earlier version of
- DBase 2. The problem exhibited is that you cannot create a new database.
-
- Several Z100 PC users have reported this problem, since we are
- shipping version 2.1 of the operating system. For their convenience, we are
- passing on a patch from Ashton-Tate that will fix DBase 2 so that it is
- compatible with our version of the operating system. Please be aware that
- this patch is provided as a convenience only. Zenith does not support DBase
- 2 at this time. Anyone having problems getting DBase to work with this
- patch should contact their Ashton-Tate dealer.
-
- DEBUG DBASE.COM
-
- -E53F8
- xxxx.53F8 0A.90 C5.90
- -W
- -Q
- = MGAC =
- OS-61-8 Z-100 MS-DOS version 2 operating system
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Explanation of the 'new' winchester utilities 12/03/84 3k
- B - Improve the speed of output to serial devices 10/04/84 2k
- C - Use of the ANSICON.DVD device driver 09/16/84 2k
- D - Problems with 96 tpi drives 09/10/84 2k
- E - Occasional lost characters on output to serial port 09/05/84 2k
- F - Correction for problems with color when using ZDIR 09/05/84 1k
- G - Z-DOS disks change procedure to MS-DOS version 2 09/05/84 3k
- H - Maximum number of files in a directory 05/26/84 1k
- I - Light pen usage 05/22/84 4k
- * - Download all the menu categories 20k
- = MGACA =
- Explanation of the 'new' winchester utilities
- -----
- December 3, 1984 #178
-
- Question: What is different about the newer winchester utilities
- described in my MS-DOS version 2 operating system manual?
-
- Answer: There is no significant change in the winchester utilities
- that are now being shipped only with the Z-100 winchester computers from
- those that were previously shipped only with the Z-100 winchester computers.
- No matter what operating system you are using, either version of the
- utilities is completely compatible with your system. The operation of
- either version of the utilities is essentially the same.
-
- The following four minor differences which have no affect on the use
- of a standard system do exist:
-
- The VERIFY utility is now called DETECT to avoid confusion with the
- MS-DOS version 2 VERIFY command. The older utility will still work but you
- will need to put a drive designation in front of the program name even if it
- is on the default drive. For example:
-
- A:VERIFY instead of VERIFY
-
- The newer PREP utility will also reserve a cylinder on the disk for
- diagnostic purposes. This cylinder can no longer be used to store data.
-
- The newer PREP utility will allow multiple winchester drives and
- winchesters with a capacity up to 64 megabytes. These non-standard
- winchester configurations will only work with the MS-DOS version 2 operating
- system and are not supported by Zenith Data Systems.
-
- If for any reason you wish to replace your current winchester
- utilities disk with a newer disk you can send your disk and a $24
- replacement service charge plus 10% shipping and handling and applicable
- state sales tax (if any) to:
-
- Heath Company - Service Receiving
- Hilltop Road
- Saint Joseph, Michigan 49085
-
- Be sure to include a brief note indicating why you wish a replacement for
- your disk. We will also sell, for the same service charge, winchester
- utility disks to those who purchased floppy only computers and bought their
- winchester drives and controllers elsewhere. Send the serial number from
- your Z-100 Customer Demo disk and the service charge to the above location.
- = MGACB =
- Improve the speed of output to serial devices
- -----
- October 4, 1984 #175
-
- Question: How can I improve the speed of output to the devices
- under Z-100 MS-DOS version 2?
-
- Answer: There are a couple of problems with the output routines
- that we are trying to address. The decrease in speed performance occurs
- because of special handling that was added to correct for an earlier problem
- with slow console response during background printing. The following patch
- will remove the special handling. This patch only applies to IO.SYS
- versions 2.15 and earlier. When 2.16 is released sometime in the future we
- expect both problems to be corrected.
-
- The following patch should be made to an exact copy of your original
- MS-DOS distribution disk 1. Do not modify the original distribution disk.
- The SYS command can be used to transfer the patched operating system to all
- your other MS-DOS version 2 bootable disks or partitions. Enter the
- following commands exactly as shown. Be particularly careful of the spaces
- and enter a carriage return at the end of each line exactly as shown.
-
- debug io.sys
- l4000 0 0 f
- e460b 0
- w4000 0 0 f
- s100 3900 75 09 2e 88 5d 01
-
- This last command will cause an address to be printed out. Use this address
- in place of the question mark in the following command:
-
- e? eb
- w
- e460b 27
- w4000 0 0 f
- q
- = MGACC =
- Use of the ANSICON.DVD device driver
- -----
- September 16, 1984 #172
-
- Question: How can I use the ANSICON.DVD device driver file found
- on my MS-DOS version 2 operating sysems disks?
-
- Answer: Zenith Data Systems does not fully support the use of the
- ANSICON.DVD device driver. The ANSICON.DVD is not a full ANSI
- implementation. Its operation is not documented and it is not fully
- reliable. It is included only for the sake of those programs which require
- it to work. The function of the device driver is similar (but not the same)
- as the Z150 ANSI device driver described in the Programmers Utility Pack
- (model number CB-5063-16).
-
- The following brief instructions will allow you to experiment with
- the use of the device driver. In order to use the device driver the
- following command must appear in the CONFIG.SYS file when the system is
- booted:
-
- DEVICE=ANSICON.DVD
-
- assuming that the device driver is in the root directory. After you are
- booted with the device driver installed you can enter the command:
-
- CTTY ANSI
-
- to switch to use of the ANSI device driver and:
-
- CTTY CON
-
- to switch back to the normal console.
- = MGACD =
- Problems with 96 tpi drives
- -----
- September 10, 1984 #170
-
- Question: How can I use 96 tpi disks formatted under Z-DOS when I
- am using MS-DOS version 2 and vice versa.
-
- Answer: Zenith Data Systems does not support the use of 96 tpi
- drives on the Z-100. Normally Software Consultation will be unable to
- assist with problems of this nature. Occasionally information of this type
- is developed and made available.
-
- The problem is that the undocumented and unsupported 96 tpi format
- for MS-DOS is not compatible with Z-DOS. For those who are experimenting
- with 96 tpi drives the following procedure will allow you to change disks
- with an incompatible 96 tpi format. This procedure assumes that DEBUG is on
- the default drive and the 96 tpi disk to be changed is in the B: drive.
-
- Procedure 1: Using Z-DOS to change a Z-DOS 96 tpi disk to MS-DOS format.
-
- debug
- l100 1 1 1
- e100 fb
- w100 1 1 1
- q
-
- Procedure 2: Using MS-DOS to change an MS-DOS 96 tpi disk to Z-DOS format.
-
- debug
- l100 1 1 1
- e100 fd
- w100 1 1 1
- q
-
- Remember that once the disk has been changed it can no longer be
- used by that operating system.
- = MGACE =
- Occasional lost characters on output to serial port
- -----
- September 5, 1984 #169
-
- Question: How can I correct a problem I have observed where I
- sometimes lose characters being output to my printer or a terminal on the
- AUX port?
-
- Answer: There is a problem where output characters are sometimes
- lost if characters are being input at the same time from the same device.
- This is also a problem with printers that use software handshaking. This is
- only a problem with the IO.SYS version 2.13. You can check the version
- number of your software by using the VER command after booting your MS-DOS
- version 2 disk. The following patch will clear the problem up.
-
- The patch should be made to your 5 1/4" backup copy of the MS-DOS
- distribution disk 1. Do not modify the original distribution disk. The SYS
- command can be used to transfer the patched operating system to all your
- other MS-DOS version 2 bootable disks.
-
- debug io.sys
- l4000 0 0 f
- e460b
- 0 (old value 27)
- w4000 0 0 f
- e1f32
- 88 c7 (old value 8a e0)
- e1f47
- 88 f8 5b (old value 5b 8a c4)
- e1f91
- 88 c7 (old value 8a e0)
- e1fa6
- 88 f8 5b (old value 5b 8a c4)
- w
- e460b
- 27 (old value 0)
- w4000 0 0 f
- q
- = MGACF =
- Correction for problems with color when using ZDIR
- -----
- September 5, 1984 #168
-
- Question: How do I stop the ZDIR program from using a color display
- on my monochrome monitor?
-
- Answer: The ZDIR program assumes that if you have color memory that
- you have a color monitor and displays some of the directory information in
- color. This does create a problem if you are using a monochrome monitor
- because some of the colors will appear very faintly or not at all on a
- monochrome monitor. Even with a color monitor this can be considered
- undesirable if you use a switch or a program to change the default
- foreground color.
-
- The following procedure will use the DEBUG program to suppress the
- use of color by the ZDIR program.
-
- debug zdir.com
- a4bd
- nop
- nop
- nop
- nop
- (RETURN key only)
- w
- q
- = MGACG =
- Z-DOS disks change procedure to MS-DOS version 2
- -----
- September 5, 1984 #167
-
- Question: How do I update my old disks with the new MS-DOS
- operating system I have received?
-
- Answer: It is highly recommended that users of all old disks
- transfer their software to disks containing the new operating system. All
- disks should be of one type or the other to avoid problems. Your old
- distribution disks should be stored away for archive purposes. The
- procedure is different for floppy disks and for winchester users.
-
- A good way to transfer your software to the new operating system is
- to delete all the old distribution disk files from your disks. After this
- is done format a blank disk with the new software using the /S switch to
- include the operating system if desired. Copy all the files on the old disk
- to the new system disk. At this point you must copy any desired system
- files from your system disk to the new working disk. This would appear
- after booting a copy of the new system disks as follows:
-
- (put your old disk in drive B)
- DEL B:COMMAND.COM
- DEL B:ALTCHAR.SYS
- DEL B:CONFIGUR.COM
- .
- .
- .
- (now put a blank disk in drive B)
- FORMAT B:/S/V
- (after this is done transfer the B disk to the A drive and insert the old
- working disk back in the B drive)
- COPY B:*.*/V
- (now put your new system distribution disk in drive B and replace any of the
- old system files erased from the disk now in the A drive. It is not
- necessary to replace COMMAND.COM and ALTCHAR.SYS since they are put on by
- the FORMAT.)
- COPY B:CONFIGUR.COM
- .
- .
- .
-
- Repeat this procedure for all your disks. A batch file would be
- handy for this purpose.
-
- The procedure is slightly different for winchester system users.
- The best thing to do in this case is to use BACKUP and RESTORE. This would
- appear after booting a copy of the new system disks as follows:
-
- ASSIGN Z-DOS E:
- DEL E:COMMAND.COM
- DEL E:ALTCHAR.SYS
- DEL E:CONFIGUR.COM
- .
- .
- .
- BACKUP E:*.* A:BACK/B:12-31-99/V
- FORMAT E:/S/V
- RESTORE A:BACK E:*.*/V
- (with your new system distribution disk in drive A replace any of the old
- system files erased from the partition. It is not necessary to replace
- COMMAND.COM and ALTCHAR.SYS since they are put on by the FORMAT.)
- COPY CONFIGUR.COM E:
- .
- .
- .
- = MGACH =
- Maximum number of files in a directory
- -----
- June 26, 1984 #37
-
- Question: What is the maximum number of files in an MS-DOS
- directory?
-
- Answer: The maximum number of files is different for each of the
- different types of floppy disk formats. The maximum number of files on a
- winchester partition is 480 irrespective of size. The following table lists
- the maximum number of files for each of the different disk formats.
-
- 64 5 1/4" single sided
- 112 5 1/4" double sided
- 104 8" single sided
- 192 8" double sided
-
- Note that under MS-DOS 2 it is possible to use subdirectories which
- have no limit on the number of files in the directory. You can run out of
- disk space though since each directory entry requires 32 bytes plus the
- space for the file.
- = MGACI =
- Light pen usage
- -----
- June 22, 1984 #36
-
- Question: How can I use a light pen on the Z100 computer?
-
- Answer: The hardware of the Z100 computer has always been able to
- support a light pen but the software support was not fully developed. The
- operating systems support of the light pen is only experimental and is not
- truly useable at this time except in MS-DOS version 2 and later.
-
- Software consultation does not routinely write sample programs to
- demonstrate the use of features of the computer. Occasionally however
- information of this type is developed and is made available.
-
- The following ZBASIC interpreter program uses an assembly language
- subroutine to allow the program user to write on the screen with the light
- pen.
-
- 10 'save"lightpen",a
- 20 DEFINT A-Z
- 30 DEF SEG
- 40 OPEN"r",1,"lightpen.bin
- 50 SIZE=LOF(1)
- 60 CLOSE
- 70 OPEN"r",1,"lightpen.bin",SIZE
- 80 GET#1
- 90 LIGHTPEN=VARPTR(#1)+188
- 100 C$=""
- 110 WHILE C$<>"Q" AND C$<>"q"
- 120 C$=""
- 130 COLOR 0,7
- 140 CLS
- 150 WHILE C$=""
- 160 HIT=0
- 170 WHILE HIT=0 AND C$=""
- 180 CALL LIGHTPEN(HIT,ROW,COLUMN,X,Y)
- 190 IF HIT=0 THEN LAST=0 ELSE IF LAST=0 THEN PSET(X,Y):LAST=1
- 200 C$=INKEY$
- 210 WEND
- 220 LINE-(X,Y)
- 230 'LOCATE ROW+1,COLUMN+1:PRINT"*";
- 240 WEND
- 250 WEND
- 260 COLOR 7,0
- 270 CLS
-
- The contents of the assembly language routine are as follows:
-
- name lightpen
- title lightpen - lightpen input subroutine
- include defms.asm
- code segment public 'code'
- assume cs:code
- ;
- ;lightpen - lightpen input subroutine
- ;
- ;CALL LIGHTPEN(HIT,ROW,COLUMN,X,Y)
- ;
- arg struc
- seg dw ?
- offset dw ?
- y dw ?
- x dw ?
- column dw ?
- row dw ?
- hit dw ?
- arg ends
- public lightpen
- lightpen proc far
- mov bp,sp
- push es ;save extra segment
- mov ax,BIOS_SEG ;get address of bios segment
- mov es,ax ;move to es
- mov bx,es:word ptr [BIOS_CTADDR] ;get configuration pointer
- mov bx,es:word ptr [bx+CONFG_ASP] ;get address of lightpen info
- mov ax,0
- cli ;don't mess us up
- xchg al,es:byte ptr [bx.ASP_LPHF] ;check for light pen hit
- mov si,[bp.hit] ;get address of variable
- mov [si],ax ;set the variable
- mov ax,es:[bx.ASP_LPHCA] ;get the character address
- mov cl,es:[bx.ASP_LPHPA] ;get the pixel address value
- sti ;allow interrupts now
- cmp ax,0
- jg lp_ok
- add ax,04000h
- lp_ok:
- sub dx,dx
- mov bx,80
- div bx ;divide by eighty
- mov si,[bp.row]
- mov [si],ax
- mov si,[bp.column]
- mov [si],dx
- xchg ax,dx
- mov di,cx
- and di,0f0h
- and cx,0fh
- mov bl,8
- mul bl
- sub ax,cx
- add ax,15
- mov si,[bp.x]
- mov [si],ax
- mov cl,4
- shr di,cl
- mov ax,dx
- mov bl,9
- mul bl
- add ax,di
- mov si,[bp.y]
- mov [si],ax
- pop es
- ret (size arg)-4
- lightpen endp
- code ends
- end
-
- The following commands are used to create and run the program:
-
- masm lightpen,lightpen;
- link lightpen,lightpen;
- exe2bin lightpen.exe lightpen.bin
- del lightpen.exe
- zbasic lightpen
-
- The light pen used was obtained from:
-
- HEI Incorporated
- 1495 Steiger Lake Lane
- Victoria, Minnesota 55386
- part number 120-19 $150
-
- This is not a recommendation of this specific light pen just a
- mention of the light pen used to test this procedure since Zenith Data
- Systems does not offer a light pen at this time. If the light pen used is
- not very sensitive then the brightness of the screen must be increased
- enough to trigger the light pen. More than average brightness is required
- with most lightpens. This is particularly true when trying to sense
- individual pixels.
- = MGACJ =
- Additional information for implementing Z-100 BIOS
- -----
- December 27, 1984 #181
-
- Question: What are the steps necessary to implement a new MS-DOS
- version 2 BIOS and create a new bootable disk after performing the BIOS.DO
- procedure?
-
- Answer: The source files on the Programmer's Utility Pack are not
- intended to be a totally up to date representation of the current BIOS
- source therefore there is some risk in the proposed procedure. It can be
- accomplished with the following instructions assuming a disk in the B: drive
- is the destination:
-
- FORMAT B:/V
- COPY BIOS.BIN B:IO.SYS
- FLAGS MSDOS.SYS
- COPY MSDOS.SYS B:
- COPY COMMAND.COM B:
- FLAGS MSDOS.SYS SRH
- FLAGS B:MSDOS.SYS SRH
- FLAGS B:IO.SYS SRH
-
- It is important to note that on early shipments of the Programmer's
- Utility Pack the BIOS.DO file contained a typographical error. The LOCATE
- command should be EXE2BIN instead. Also the BCHR.ASM file contains path
- names in the INCLUDE commands which should not be there. These problems can
- be corrected with the following commands
-
- edlin bios.do
- rlocate^Zexe2bin
- e
- edlin bchr.asm
- r\DEVEL\DOS20\INC\^Z
- e
-
- Note that the upper/lower case is critical in the EDLIN replace commands.
- = MGAD =
- OS-63-4 Z-100 Z-DOS operating system software
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - BACKUP problem - 'No files selected' error. 06/27/84 1k
- B - 'Bad Command or file name' error with COPY command 05/10/84 1k
- C - CHKDSK indicates 6 hidden files 04/13/84 1k
- D - 'Warning: No STACK segment' error message meaning 04/13/84 1k
- E - How to enter escape codes from the keyboard 12/15/83 2k
- F - User-defined option of the CONFIGUR program 12/10/83 2k
- G - Updating with the ZDOS Winchester supplement 04/29/83 2k
- H - Implementing a customized ZDOS BIOS 01/25/83 2k
- I - Using MAKE to create backups or copies of disks 11/02/82 2k
- * - Download all the menu categories 14k
- = MGADA =
- BACKUP problem - 'No files selected' error.
- -----
- June 27, 1984 #41
-
- Question: The first time I did a BACKUP it worked fine. Why is it
- that now I get the error message 'No files selected.'
-
- Answer: BACKUP assumes that whenever you back up files that you
- only want those that have been created since the last time BACKUP was run.
- If you want to back up all files on the disk regardless of when they were
- created specify a date using the /A switch as follows:
-
- BACK *.* A:BACKUP/A:1-1-80
-
- WARNING: Using /A:1-1-80 option will not backup files with a creation date of
- 1-1-1980. To backup files with this creation date you should substitute the
- /A:option with /B:12-31-2099. In turn this will not backup files created on
- 12-31-2099.
-
- For more information on this subject read page 7.24 of the Z-DOS Winchester
- Supplement concerning the LASTBACK.SYS file.
- = MGADB =
- 'Bad Command or file name' error with COPY command
- -----
- May 10, 1984 #45
-
- Question: Why do I get the error message "Bad command or file name"
- when I try to do a COPY or DELETE or RENAME command?
-
- Answer: If you copy the contents of the Winchester Utilities Disk
- onto the winchester partition (which by the way you should never do) you will
- destroy the operating system on the partition. This occurs because the
- COMMAND.COM version 1.20S on the winchester utilites disk is not the correct
- version for normal use of the computer. The correction is to boot your
- original Z-DOS distribution disk and copy COMMAND.COM onto your winchester
- partition. A sample command is as follows:
-
- COPY A:COMMAND.COM E:
- = MGADC =
- CHKDSK indicates 6 hidden files
- -----
- April 13, 1984 #46
-
- Question: My original Z-DOS distribution disk indicates that there
- are 6 hidden files when I use CHKDSK. How do I access those hidden files?
-
- Answer: Some of the Z-DOS disks were created with four files that
- had an unused bit set in the directory entry. There are actually only two
- hidden files on the disk. Even though CHKDSK is confused into thinking the
- files are hidden they are not and there will be no problem in normal usage of
- the disk.
- = MGADD =
- 'Warning: No STACK segment' error message meaning
- -----
- April 13, 1984 #47
-
- Question: When I follow the instructions in Appendix P for creating
- a '.COM' program why do I get the error message 'Warning: No STACK segment',
- 'There was 1 error detected.'? I get the same error when I try to create the
- PSC program.
-
- Answer: That error message is perfectly normal whenever you are
- creating a '.COM' file. Just ignore the message and continue on with the
- rest of the instructions.
- = MGADE =
- How to enter escape codes from the keyboard
- -----
- December 15, 1983 #51
-
- Question: The H/Z-89 computer has the OFF-LINE key which, when
- depressed, allows the user to enter certain escape code sequences from the
- keyboard. The Z100 computer, on the other hand, does not have the OFF-LINE
- key nor an equivalent. How can I enter escape codes on the Z100?
-
- Answer: One possible way of doing this with ZDOS is to implement the
- following program:
-
- PGMSEG SEGMENT
- ASSUME CS:PGMSEG
- ORG 100H
- START: MOV AH,1 ; function #1 (keyboard input)
- INT 21H ; call ZDOS
- JMP START ; typing CTRL-C will terminate
- PGMSEG ENDS
- END START
-
- The above program can be entered into your computer using EDLIN. Once this is
- complete enter the following commands to produce an executable version of the
- program:
-
- A>MASM FNAME;
- A>LINK FNAME;
- A>EXE2BIN FNAME.EXE FNAME.COM
-
- FNAME is the file's name, and MASM, LINK and EXE2BIN are programs which can be
- found on the ZDOS distribution disk 1. To run the program, type FNAME,
- return, and then any escape code sequences you wish. Type CTRL-C when you are
- done. The program operates simply by echoing to the screen all
- characters entered on the keyboard. The programs are necessary
- because the operating systems will alter some characters (the
- escape character, for example) before echoing them.
- = MGADF =
- User-defined option of the CONFIGUR program
- -----
- December 10, 1983 #52
-
- Question: How do I use the user-defined option of Z-DOS CONFIGUR?
-
- Answer: Since this option is very flexible the details of its use
- depend on the exact application it is intended for. As an example the WH-53
- does not appear in the CONFIGUR menu since it was made available only
- recently. The proper entries for configuring the WH-53 are as follows. Those
- options which are usually always the same are marked with an asterisk.
-
- CONFIGUR *(run the CONFIGUR program)
- B (AUX device)
- I *(User defined)
- B *(Serial Device)
- RETURN *(No strip parity on input)
- RETURN *(No strip parity on output)
- RETURN *(No map lowercase on input)
- RETURN *(No map lowercase on output)
- B (Port B)
- I (1200 baud)
- A (No handshaking)
- A *(one stop bit)
- RETURN *(No parity)
- D *(8 bit words)
- RETURN *(Pad character)
- RETURN *(no pad characters)
- RETURN *(continue)
- F *(change disk and memory)
- A *(Disk drive to change)
- C *(Exit program)
- = MGADG =
- Updating with the ZDOS Winchester supplement
- -----
- April 29, 1983 #54
-
- Question: What am I supposed to do with the ZDOS Winchester
- supplement that I have received?
-
- Answer: The ZDOS Winchester supplement represents an updated version
- of the ZDOS operating system. The major difference is the added support of
- the winchester drive. Even if you do not use the winchester drive it is
- highly recommended that all ZDOS users transfer all their software to disks
- containing the updated system. All software should be of one type or the
- other. Your old ZDOS distribution disks should be stored away for archive
- purposes.
-
- The proper way to transfer your software to the new ZDOS system for
- this type of update is to format a blank disk with the new software using the
- /S switch to include the system. Copy all the files on the old disk to the
- new system disk. At this point you must copy any system files from your
- system disk to the new working disk. This would appear after booting a copy
- of the new system disks as follows:
-
- FORMAT B:/S/V
- (after this is done transfer the B disk to the A drive and insert
- the old working disk in the B drive)
- COPY B:*.*
- (now put your new system disk in drive B and replace any of the old system
- files on the disk in the A drive especially you must remember to copy over
- COMMAND.COM and ALTCHAR.SYS)
- COPY B:COMMAND.COM
- COPY B:ALTCHAR.SYS
- COPY B:CONFIGUR.COM
- .
- .
- .
-
- Repeat this procedure for all your disks.
- = MGADH =
- Implementing a customized ZDOS BIOS
- -----
- January 25, 1983 #55
-
- Question: How do I implement a customized ZDOS BIOS?
-
- Answer: After making your changes to the source files several steps
- must be followed. First the BIOS must be assembled and then the system files
- copied to a new disk. The following sequence of commands will implement a
- modified bios source. Indented comments are included for simple explanations.
-
- dobios
- Batch procedure on disk II for assembling bios.
- debug
- l100 0 0 f
- Load the directory of the A: disk.
- e72b
- 0
- Change hidden flag on ZDOS.SYS.
- w100 0 0 f
- Write directory back to disk.
- format b:
- copy bmsdos.bin b:io.sys
- copy z-dos.sys b:
- copy command.com b:
- copy altchar.sys b:
- Copy all the system files to the new disk.
- debug
- l100 0 0 f
- e72b
- 6
- Change A:ZDOS.SYS back to a hidden file.
- w100 0 0 f
- l100 1 0 f
- Load B: directory.
- e70b
- 6
- Change B:IO.SYS to a hidden file.
- e72b
- 6
- Change B:ZDOS.SYS to a hidden file.
- w100 1 0 f
- Write directory back to B: disk.
- q
- = MGADI =
- Using MAKE to create backups or copies of disks
- -----
- November 2, 1982 #56
-
- Question: How would I use the MAKE program in ZDOS to create backups
- or copies of disks?
-
- Answer: The most common problem in trying to use MAKE is that using
- MAKE without an input file of commands does not format the destination disk.
- The second problem is in not realizing that the file of commands must be on
- the "Distribution disk I" after it is placed in the drive.
-
- The following example if entered into a file named COPYFILE.DAT and
- copied onto all disks that you wish to backup and/or copy will allow you to
- use the MAKE command once and then copy all the disks that you want by just
- switching them at the appropiate time without re-entering the MAKE command or
- requiring a copy of the MAKE program on any disk except one master disk.
-
- %type
- %typeCOPYFILE.DAT MAKE utility for backup/copy of multiple disks
- %type
- %verbose
- %system
- %typeCreating backup....
- *.*
- %typeCTRL C to abort
- %typeor insert the next disk (must contain COPYFILE.DAT).
- %next
- = MGB =
- Digital Research operating systems
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - General Digital Research information 12/29/83 12k
- B - OS-63-2 CP/M-86 operating system software 04/13/84 7k
- C - OS-53-2 CP/M-85 operating system software 04/20/84 12k
- D - HOS-89?7-2 CP/M-80 operating systems software 06/12/84 27k
- * - Download all the menu categories 58k
- = MGBA =
- General Digital Research information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - CP/M compatibility of Zenith equipment 12/29/83 1k
- B - What CP/M programs will run on the Zenith equipment 12/23/83 2k
- C - CTRL P and CTRL C in a SUBMIT file 06/02/83 2k
- D - File transfer using modem or direct connection 04/07/83 2k
- E - Conflict with XSUB and MBASIC or PIP 12/15/82 1k
- F - PIP loses parts of some files 09/02/82 1k
- G - BDOS error on ?: R/O 09/02/82 1k
- H - BDOS error on ?: SELECT 09/02/82 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 11k
- = MGBAA =
- CP/M compatibility of Zenith equipment
- -----
- December 29, 1983 #31
-
- Question: Why won't the Zenith CP/M language software (BASIC
- INTERPRETER, COBOL, FORTRAN and the BASIC COMPILER) run on my CP/M
- compatible machine? Is Zenith equipment really CP/M compatibble?
-
- Answer: The Zenith implementation of CP/M is one of the most
- standard in the industry. These particular Microsoft languages cannot be
- transported to other CP/M systems because they have been customized by
- Zenith and Microsoft to run only on Zenith/Heath hardware. This is due to a
- contractual agreement between the two companies.
- = MGBAB =
- What CP/M programs will run on the Zenith equipment
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #119
-
- Question: Can I run any CP/M program on my Zenith computer? If
- not, how do I know what I can run?
-
- Answer: CP/M is currently the most popular microcomputer operating
- system used. It functions in virtually the same manner on most
- microcomputers. But this doesn't always guarantee compatibility from one
- computer to another. The only media that is universally recorded in the
- same format is the single-sided, single-density 8" floppy disk. All other
- media (especially 5.25" disks) are recorded in the unique technique
- preferred by the computer's manufacturer. This means that software
- available in a non-Zenith format will probably not run on the Zenith
- computer. Typically, software available on 8" single-sided, single-density
- disks will work on Zenith computers;; but to be safe, check with the
- manufacturer before you buy the software. Software developed by other
- manufacturers which uses the special function keys of a non-Zenith video
- terminal may also fail to function properly because they may not be sending
- the same codes to the software.
- = MGBAC =
- CTRL P and CTRL C in a SUBMIT file
- -----
- June 2, 1983 #150
-
- Question: Why can't I put "CTRL P" and "CTRL C" in a SUBMIT file
- using the instructions in the manual?
-
- Answer: The usual processing of characters done by the BDOS on
- input is bypassed when using SUBMIT. The following programs can simulate
- these functions.
-
- ;
- ; PRINT - turn printer echo on and off
- ;
- ; Usage:
- ;
- ; A>PRINT ?
- ;(turn printer echo on with anything following PRINT)
- ; A>PRINT
- ;(turn printer echo off with nothing following PRINT)
- ;
- 0100 org 0100h
- 0100 2A4E00 lhld 04eh ;address of bios
- 0103 110DF5 lxi d,0f50dh ;offset of flag in bdos
- 0106 19 dad d ;point to it
- 0107 3A8000 lda 080h ;echo on or off?
- 010A 77 mov m,a ;set the flag
- 010B C9 ret ;return directly to ccp
-
- ;
- ; WBOOT - perform a warm boot
- ;
- 0100 org 0100h
- 0100 C7 rst 0
-
- This program may also be useful to simulate the PAUSE command found
- in ZDOS.
-
-
- ;
- ;PAUSE - suspend execution of a SUBMIT file until a character is typed
- ;
- 0100 org 0100h
- 0100 0E09 mvi c,9
- 0102 110D01 lxi d,prompt
- 0105 CD0500 call 5
- 0108 0E01 mvi c,1
- 010A C30500 jmp 5
- 010D 5479706520prompt db 'Type any key when ready to continue$'
- = MGBAD =
- File transfer using modem or direct connection
- -----
- April 7, 1983 #151
-
- Question: How can I transfer CP/M files from one computer to
- another using a modem or direct connection?
-
- Answer: Standard CP/M PIP can only transfer small ASCII files.
- Small is 16k to 32k depending on the memory size of your computer. Any
- other transfers would require special communications software packages such
- as CPS. Using PIP on small ASCII files would require the following steps.
-
- The CONFIGUR utility would need to be set up on both computers so
- that the RDR: and PUN: devices were assigned to the correct port and
- matching baud rates. The baud rate must be no greater than that supported
- by the modem or the speed of the computer. Usually 1200 baud is a safe
- maximum except with 300 baud modems. Experience will show whether your
- computer can transfer faster than that. If the file is too big or the speed
- is too fast, there will be characters missing out of the file.
-
- On the computer that is going to receive the file you would enter
- the command:
-
- PIP ?=RDR:[B]
-
- where '?' is the name of the receiving file. The previous contents of the
- file, if any, will be lost. After this is done, on the computer that is
- going to send the file you would enter:
-
- PIP PUN:=?
-
- where '?' is the name of the sending file.
- = MGBAE =
- Conflict with XSUB and MBASIC or PIP
- -----
- December 15, 1982 #152
-
- Question: Why do I have problems using XSUB with some programs, in
- particular MBASIC and PIP?
-
- Answer: Any program, like MBASIC, that uses single character input
- or direct console i/o cannot work with XSUB which only supplies console
- buffer input.
-
- PIP commands can be given by XSUB but CON: input cannot. Another
- problem with PIP is that you cannot exit with just a RETURN since SUBMIT
- does not allow blank lines. The following patch will allow PIP to be exited
- with either a RETURN or any single character (usually a period) followed by
- a RETURN.
-
- A>ddt pip.com
- DDT VERS 2.2
- NEXT PC
- 1E00 0100
- -a54f
- 054f cpi 2
- 0551 jnc 55e
- 0554
- -g0
- A>save 29 pip.com
- = MGBAF =
- PIP loses parts of some files
- -----
- September 2, 1982 #157
-
- Question: Why can't I PIP some files without losing part of them?
-
- Answer: Random files that do not have all record numbers written
- sequentially up to the end of the file can have holes where there are no
- records. Any program reading the file sequentially, as PIP does, will think
- they have reached the end of the file the first time it reaches one of these
- holes even though there may be more records later.
-
- The only way to correct this problem is to write all the record
- numbers of a random file with at least null data or write a special program
- that reads the file random and copies it. The CP/M BDOS function "Compute
- file size" function code 35 (023h) is the only way to know when the last
- random record has been read.
- = MGBAG =
- BDOS error on ?: R/O
- -----
- September 2, 1982 #161
-
- Question: When I tried to save my MBASIC program I recieved the
- error BDOS err on A: R/O and lost my program. The disk was not write
- protected. How do I use more than one disk when I have only one drive?
-
- Answer: If a disk is ever switched in CP/M, unless the change is
- instructed by CP/M, it is flagged as R/O. Even with one physical drive you
- can still use all three logical drives "A:", "B:" and "C:" and CP/M will
- keep track of up to three disks for you. When a new disk is needed CP/M
- will tell you when to change them. A new disk must not ever be substituted
- for any of the three unless the operating system is reset. This is done in
- MBASIC with the RESET command. When you have a CP/M prompt such as "A>" you
- may also type "^C" (CTRL C) to reset the operating system. Both of these
- command must be executed only when there is a bootable disk in the "A"
- drive.
- = MGBAH =
- BDOS error on ?: SELECT
- -----
- September 2, 1982 #162
-
- Question: Why do I get a "BDOS error on x: SELECT" error message?
-
- Answer: There are several reasons why you would get a SELECT error
- message.
-
- 1) The disk in the drive is incorrect, damaged or unformatted.
-
- 2) The hardware is not correctly set up.
-
- 3) The "CONFIGUR" utility has not been run to verify the hardware setup.
- This especially the case if you receive the "CONFIGUR?" message when booting
- or the error occurs on an imaginary drive (drive B in a one drive system).
- = MGBB =
- OS-63-2 CP/M-86 operating system software
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Additional information concerning CP/M-86 from DR 04/13/84 3k
- B - Patch to the LIST program 12/17/83 1k
- C - Patch to the CONFIGUR program 12/09/83 1k
- D - Patch to the FORMAT program for winchester problem 12/09/84 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 6k
- = MGBBA =
- Additional information concerning CP/M-86 from DR
- -----
- April 13, 1984 #112
-
- THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION HAS BEEN MADE AVAILABLE BY DIGITAL RESEARCH
- CONCERNING THE CP/M 86 OPERATING SYSTEM - SYSTEM GUIDE
-
- PAGE 47
-
- In section 4.3, BDOS File Operations,
- Add two new BDOS Functions:
-
- Entry _________________________ Return
- ------------> | FUNCTION 47 | ------------->
- CL: 2FH | |
- DMA buffer: | CHAIN TO PROGRAM |
- Command Line |_______________________|
-
- Load, Initialize, and Jump to specified Program
-
- The CHAIN TO PROGRAM function provides a means of chaining from one
- program to the next without operator intervention. Although there is no
- passed parameter for this call, the calling process must place a command
- line terminated by a null byte in the default DMA buffer.
-
- Under CP/M-86, the CHAIN TO PROGRAM function releases the memory of
- the calling function before executing the command. The command line is
- parsed and placed in the Base Page of the new program. The Console Command
- Processor (CCP) then executes the command line.
-
- Then, add:
-
- Entry _________________________ Return
- ------------> | FUNCTION 49 | ------------->
- CL: 031H | | BX: SYSDAT Address Offset
- | GET SYSDAT ADDRESS |
- |_______________________| ES: SYSDAT Address Segment
-
- Return the address of the System Data Area
-
- The GET SYSDAT function returns the address of the System Data Area.
- The system data area includes the following information:
-
- dmaad equ word ptr 0 ;user DMA address
- dmabase equ word ptr 2 ;user DMA base
- curdsk equ byte ptr 4 ;current user disk
- usrcode equ byte ptr 5 ;current user number
- listcp equ byte ptr 22 ;listing toggle. . .
- ;set by ctrl-p
- curdrvs equ byte ptr 23 ;current drives to
- ;search
- console width equ byte ptr 64
- printer width equ byte ptr 65
- console column equ byte ptr 66
- printer column equ byte ptr 67
-
- PAGE 60
-
- In Table 5-4. BIOS Subroutine Summary, in the description of subroutine
- INIT, change:
-
- BDOS offset (0B11H)
- to:
- BDOS offset (0B06H)
-
- CP/M-86 V1.1, Application Note 01
-
- Copyright 1982 by Digital Research, Inc., Pacific Grove, CA 93950
-
- BDOS DATA PAGE "TOD/DATE" FIELDS
-
- Applicable products and version numbers: CP/M-86 V1.1
-
- Program: BDOS
-
- The date field is located at the base of the data page + 32D bytes.
- The date field format is:
-
- MM/DD/YY,
-
- MM is the month (ASCII)
- DD is the day (ASCII)
- YY is the year (ASCII)
-
- The time field is located at the base of the data page + 41D bytes.
- The time field format is:
-
- HH:MM:SS,
-
- HH is the hour (ASCII)
- MM is the minute (ASCII)
- SS is the second (ASCII)
-
- The slash, colon and comma are literal characters in both the time
- and date representation.
-
- Licensed users are granted the right to include these modifications
- in CP/M-86 V1.1 software. CP/M-86 is a trademark of Digital Research.
-
- All Information Presented Here is Proprietary to Digital Research.
- = MGBBB =
- Patch to the LIST program
- -----
- December 17, 1983 #113
-
- Question: CP/M-86 LIST incorrectly re-initializes page number,
- therefore instead of starting with ' 1', it starts with page '1 '. How can
- I correct this problem?
-
- Answer: To correct this problem, the following patch should be
- installed:
-
- A>REN LIST.OLD=LIST.CMD
- A>DDT86
- DDT86 1.1
- -RLIST.OLD
- START END
- nnnn:0000 nnnn:xxxx
- -XCS
- CS 0000 nnnn+8 ;The effect of the register
- DS 0000 nnnn+8 ;change is to set all segment
- SS 0040 nnnn+8 ;registers to the beginning of
- ES 0000 nnnn+8 ;the program past the header.
- IP 0000 .
- -S056B
- nnnn+8:056B 31 20
- nnnn+8:056C 20 31
- nnnn+8:056D 2E
- -WLIST.CMD
- -^C
- = MGBBC =
- Patch to the CONFIGUR program
- -----
- December 9, 1983 #114
-
- CP/M-86 Patch for CONFIGUR Printer Protocol
-
- CP/M-86 CONFIGUR incorrectly updates BIOS character I/O table values
- associated with ETX/ACK or DC1/DC3 handshaking. To correct this problem,
- the following patch should be installed. User input is entered as shown:
-
- A>REN CONFIGUR.OLD=CONFIGUR.CMD
- A>DDT86
- DDT86 1.1
- -RCONFIGUR.OLD
- START END
- nnnn:0000 nnnn:xxxx
- -XCS
- CS 0000 nnnn+8 ;The effect of the resister
- DS 0000 nnnn+8 ;change is to set all segment
- SS 0040 nnnn+8 ;registers to the beginning of
- ES 0000 nnnn+8 ;the program past the header.
- IP 0000 .
- -A0D1B
- nnnn+8:0D1B OR AL,10
- nnnn=8:0D1D <RETURN>
- -A0D27
- nnnn+8:0D27 OR AL,20
- nnnn+8:0D29 <RETURN>
- -WCONFIGUR.CMD
- -^C
- = MGBBD =
- Patch to the FORMAT program for winchester problem
- -----
- December 9, 1984
-
- CP/M-86 Patch for FORMAT Winchester Partition
-
- CP/M-86 FORMAT is unable to format a partition if the winchester bad sector
- table contains more than 2 entries. To correct this problem, the following
- patch should be installed. User input is entered as shown:
-
- A>REN FORMAT.OLD=FORMAT.CMD
- A>DDT86
- DDT86 1.1
- -RFORMAT.OLD
- START END
- nnnn:0000 nnnn:xxxx
- -XCS
- CS 0000 nnnn+8 ;The effect of the register
- DS 0000 nnnn+8 ;change is to set all segment
- SS 0040 nnnn+8 ;registers to the beginning of
- ES 0000 nnnn+8 ;the program past the header.
- IP 0000 .
- -S0719
- nnnn+8:0719 08 04
- nnnn+8:071A 00 .
- -S0759
- nnnn+8:0759 08 00
- nnnn+8:075A 00 02
- nnnn+8:075B 8B .
- -WFORMAT.CMD
- -^C
- = MGBC =
- OS-53-2 CP/M-85 operating system software
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - How to perform pixel graphics 04/20/84 2k
- B - Implementing a customized BIOS88 04/06/84 1k
- C - Addresses for patching 8 inch step rates 01/27/84 2k
- D - Implementing a customized BIOS85 01/10/84 2k
- E - Media incompatible problem 8 inch disks 12/23/83 1k
- F - How to use the time counter 04/13/83 3k
- * - Download all the menu categories 11k
- ;change is to set all segment
- SS 0040 nnnn+8 ;registers to the beginning of
- ES 0000 nnnn+8 ;the program past the header.
- IP 0000 .
- -S0719
- nnnn+8:0719 08 04
- nnnn+8:071A 00 .
- -S0759
- nnnn+8:0759 08 00
- nnnn+8:075A 00 02
- nnnn+8:075B 8B .
- -WFORMAT.CMD
- -^C
- = MGBCA =
- How to perform pixel graphics
- -----
- April 20, 1984 #115
-
- Question: Could you please give an example of how I would perform
- pixel graphics using CP/M-85?
-
- Answer: Software Consultation does not routinely provide example
- programs for using different features of the computer. Occasionally
- information of this type is developed and made available.
-
- The one big problem with doing graphics under CP/M-85 is that as an
- 8-bit operating system CP/M-85 does not have full access to all of the Z-100
- memory, including the video memory. Originally it had not been intended
- that bit mapped graphics would be possible under CP/M-85. There has now
- been a version of CP/M-85 developed which has a BIOS extension to allow
- access to all of the Z-100 memory. These extensions were implemented in
- CP/M-85 version 2.2.102 and later. Registered owners of earlier versions of
- CP/M-85 may purchase this version by sending $48 and their original CP/M-85
- distribution disks to:
-
- Heath Company
- Service Receiving
- Hilltop Road
- Saint Joseph, Michigan 49085
-
- Please be sure to include an explanatory letter.
-
- If you have the proper version of CP/M-85 the usage of the BIOS
- extensions is shown by the following example subroutine:
-
- ;
- ;** PEEK 8088 MEMORY FUNCTION
- ;
- ; ENTRY: (DE)=OFFSET
- ; (HL)=SEGMENT
- ; EXIT: (A)=VALUE
- ; USES: ALL
- ;
- PEEK:
- push h
- push d
- lhld 01h ;get the BIOS address
- lxi d,03fh
- dad h
- pop d
- xthl
- ret
- ;
- ;** POKE 8088 MEMORY FUNCTION
- ;
- ; ENTRY: (C)=VALUE
- ; (DE)=OFFSET
- ; (HL)=SEGMENT
- ; EXIT: NONE
- ; USES: ALL
- ;
-
- POKE:
- push h
- push d
- lhld 01h ;get the BIOS address
- lxi d,042h
- dad h
- pop d
- xthl
- ret
-
- Now that the BIOS provides a way to access the video memory the
- procedures described for performing pixel graphics under Z-DOS can be
- followed under CP/M-85. For a further discussion of pixel graphics under Z-
- DOS refer to the bulletin board information provided earlier under the
- category for the Z-DOS operating system.
- = MGBCB =
- Implementing a customized BIOS88
- -----
- April 6, 1984 #116
-
- Question: How do I implement a customized CP/M-85 BIOS88.SYS?
-
- Answer: Software Consultation does not routinely provide
- information on modifying the standard operating system. Occasionally
- information of this type is developed and made available.
-
- In order to assemble and prepare BIOS.A86 the ASM86.COM assembler
- and the GENCMD.COM loader from the CP/M-86 disk is necessary. The necessary
- commands are as follows:
-
- ASM86 BIOS88
- GENCMD BIOS 8080
- DDT
- M1180,????,100 (where ???? is the last address of the file)
- G0
- SAVE ?? B:BIOS88.SYS (where ?? is the size of the memory image)
- MVCPM2?7 * B:
- SYSGEN
- (RETURN)
- B
- (RETURN)
-
- Note that different drive specifiers where appropriate may be necessary to
- distribute files to provide sufficient space for this operation. It is not
- recommended attempting this procedure wiith anything less than 1 meg of
- storage (8" drives or a winchester).
- = MGBCC =
- Addresses for patching 8 inch step rates
- -----
- January 27, 1984 #117
-
- Question: There is some confusion concerning the proper addresses
- for patching the CP/M-85 operating system for operation with different 8"
- diskette step rates. Could you clarify this?
-
- Answer: The confusion usually centers around the fact that there
- are currently three different versions of the CP/M-85 operating system with
- three different patch locations. The versions are: 2.2.100 for 5 1/4"
- drives only (8" experimental support); 2.2.101 for 5 1/4", 8" and winchester
- systems (free update sent to all registered owners); 2.2.102 minor revisions
- in current production.
-
- The full text of the patch instructions reproduced from Appendix E
- of the CP/M-85 manual is as follows:
-
- Zenith Data Systems is providing 8" drivers installed in the CP/M-85
- operating system to support ZDS products. Zenith Data Systems does not
- guarantee proper operation of the 8" drivers with disk systems obtained from
- other vendors. However, for the benefit of customers who wish to experiment
- with non-Zenith hardware at their own risk, the track-to-track stepping
- rate, which is set at 3 milliseconds, may be changed by using DDT and the
- SAVE command. In the example shown below, the rate is changed to 15
- milliseconds.
-
- A>STAT BIOS85.SYS $R/W
- BIOS85.SYS set to R/W
- A>REN BIOS85.OLD=BIOS85.SYS
- A>DDT BIOS85.OLD
- DDT VERS 2.2
- NEXT PC
- 0600 0100
- -S381 {2.2.100=381, 2.2.101=384, 2.2.102=38A}
- 0381 00 03 {00=3 ms, 01=6ms, 02=10ms, 03=15ms}
- 0382 04 .
- -S399 {2.2.100=399, 2.2.101=39C, 2.2.102=3A2}
- 0399 00 03 {00=3 ms, 01=6ms, 02=10ms, 03=15ms}
- 039A 04 .
- -G0
- A>SAVE 5 BIOS85.SYS
- A>STAT BIOS85.SYS $SYS
- BIOS85.SYS set to SYS
- A>STAT BIOS85.SYS $R/O
- BIOS85.SYS set to R/O
- A>
- = MGBCD =
- Implementing a customized BIOS85
- -----
- January 10, 1984 #118
-
- Question: How do I implement a customized CP/M-85 BIOS?
-
- Answer: The CP/M-85 BIOS is divided into two separate parts:
- BIOS85 which executes on the 8 bit 8085 processor, and BIOS88 which executes
- on the 16 bit 8088 processor. Although it is not currently possible to make
- any changes to BIOS88, it is possible to change BIOS85 if so desired. In
- order to do this you will need the Digital Research MAC macro assembler
- (model number HDR-837-1). The following sequence of commands will implement
- a modified BIOS85 source file.
-
- MAC BIOSREL
-
- MAC BIOS85
- REN BIOS85.HXO=BIOS85.HEX
-
- Using a text editor, change the statement in the beginning of the
- BIOS85 source file that reads:
-
- RELO EQU TRUE
- to:
- RELO EQU FALSE
-
- MAC BIOS85
- REN BIOS85.HX1=BIOS85.HEX
- PREL BIOS85 BIOS85
-
- DDT BIOS85.PRE
- DDT VERS 2.2
- NEXT PC
- XXYY 0100
- Convert the hexadecimal value 'XX' to decimal. This will be used in
- the save command later.
- -IBIOSREL.HEX
- -RC000
- NEXT PC
- XXYY 0000
- -GO
-
- SAVE ?? B:BIOS85.SYS
- Use the decimal value calculated above in place of '??'. Drive B:
- should have a blank formatted disk in it.
-
- PIP B:=A:BIOS88.SYS[R]
-
- MVCPM207 * B:
- SYSGEN
- CP/M-85 SYSGEN VER 2.2.100
- SOURCE DRIVE NAME (OR RETURN TO SKIP):<RETURN>
- DESTINATION DRIVE NAME (OR RETURN TO REBOOT): B
- DESTINATION ON B, THEN TYPE RETURN <RETURN>
- FUNCTION COMPLETE
- DESTINATION DRIVE NAME (OR RETURN TO REBOOT): <RETURN>
-
- STAT B:BIOS*.SYS $SYS
- STAT B:BIOS*.SYS $R/O
- = MGBCE =
- Media incompatible problem 8 inch disks
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #120
-
- Question: What causes the "MEDIA INCOMPATIBLE ON DISKETTES" error
- message during the DUPlicate command, even though I have correctly formated
- my 8" disk?
-
- Answer: Often the disk you are DUPlicating is single-sided and the
- disk you are using for the copy is double-sided. The sector hole window on
- the diskette envelope will be in the same location if both are single-sided.
- You get an "incompatible media" error even though you have formatted the
- destination disk single-density if it is a doubble-sided disk. You may,
- however, use the PIP program to transfer the files from the distribution
- disk to the new 8" disk.
- = MGBCF =
- How to use the time counter
- -----
- April 13, 1983 #123
-
- Question: How can I use the time counter under CP/M-85?
-
- Answer: The following MBASIC program demonstrates how the 32 bit
- time counter may be read and set. This program can be used stand-alone or
- its subroutines incorporated into a user program.
-
- 10 'SAVE"DATETIME",a
- 20 DEFINT A-Z
- 30 '
- 40 'INITIALIZATION
- 50 '
- 60 OPEN"R",1,"DATETIME.TMP"
- 70 GET 1,1
- 80 INPUT#1,Y,M,D,H,MI
- 90 YEAR=Y
- 100 DIM DAY(12)
- 110 FOR I=0 TO 12
- 120 READ DAY(I)
- 130 IF I THEN DAY(I)=DAY(I-1)+DAY(I)
- 140 NEXT
- 150 DATA 0,31,29,31,30,31,30,31,31,30,31,30,31
- 160 DIM WEEK$(6)
- 170 FOR I=0 TO 6
- 180 READ WEEK$(I)
- 190 NEXT
- 200 DATA Sunday,Monday,Tuesday,Wednesday,Thursday,Friday,Saturday
- 210 '
- 220 'User program
- 230 '
- 240 GOSUB 360
- 250 IF MONTH=0 THEN MONTH=M:DAY=D:HOURS=H:MINUTES=MI+1:GOSUB 900
- 260 PRINT USING"####/##/## & ##:##:##.##";
- YEAR,MONTH,DAY,WEEK$(WEEK),HOURS,MINUTES,SECONDS!
- 270 GOSUB 690
- 280 GET 1,1
- 290 WRITE#1,YEAR,MONTH,DAY,HOURS,MINUTES
- 300 PUT 1,1
- 310 CLOSE
- 320 END
- 330 '
- 340 'get time - the year variable must be set up externally to this routine
- 350 '
- 360 T1=PEEK(11)
- 370 T2=PEEK(12)
- 380 IF T2<>PEEK(12) THEN 360
- 390 T3=PEEK(13)
- 400 T4=PEEK(14)
- 410 T#=T1+256#*T2+2#^16*T3+2#^24*T4
- 420 T#=T#/(6000)
- 430 SECONDS!=(T#-FIX(T#))*60#
- 440 T#=INT(T#)
- 450 T#=T#/60
- 460 MINUTES=(T#-FIX(T#))*60#
- 470 T#=INT(T#)
- 480 T#=T#/24
- 490 HOURS=(T#-FIX(T#))*24#
- 500 DAY=INT(T#)
- 510 WEEK=(6+DAY+YEAR+INT((YEAR-1)/4)-INT(YEAR/100)+INT(YEAR/400)) MOD 7
- 520 GOSUB 640
- 530 IF LEAP=0 AND DAY>59 THEN DAY=DAY+1
- 540 MONTH=1
- 550 IF DAY>(365+LEAP) THEN DAY=1:GOTO 900
- 560 WHILE DAY>DAY(MONTH)
- 570 MONTH=MONTH+1
- 580 WEND
- 590 DAY=DAY-DAY(MONTH-1)
- 600 RETURN
- 610 '
- 620 'is it a leap year
- 630 '
- 640 LEAP=0:IF (YEAR MOD 4)=0 AND (INT(YEAR/100) MOD 4)<>0 THEN LEAP=1
- 650 RETURN
- 660 '
- 670 'input time - the year variable must be set externally to this 680 '
- 690 PRINT"Year <"YEAR">? ";
- 700 LINE INPUT C$
- 710 IF C$<>"" THEN YEAR=VAL(C$)
- 720 PRINT"Month <"MONTH">? ";
- 730 LINE INPUT C$
- 740 IF C$<>"" THEN MONTH=VAL(C$)
- 750 PRINT"Day <"DAY">? ";
- 760 LINE INPUT C$
- 770 IF C$<>"" THEN DAY=VAL(C$)
- 780 PRINT"Hour <"HOURS">? ";
- 790 LINE INPUT C$
- 800 IF C$<>"" THEN HOURS=VAL(C$)
- 810 PRINT"Minute <"MINUTES">? ";
- 820 LINE INPUT C$
- 830 IF C$<>"" THEN MINUTES=VAL(C$)
- 840 PRINT"Second <"SECONDS!">? ";
- 850 LINE INPUT C$
- 860 IF C$<>"" THEN SECONDS!=VAL(C$)
- 870 '
- 880 'set time
- 890 '
- 900 GOSUB 640
- 910 IF LEAP=0 AND MONTH>2 THEN DAY=DAY-1
- 920 T#=100*(SECONDS!+60*(MINUTES+60*(HOURS+24#*(DAY(MONTH-1)+DAY))))
- 930 FOR I=0 TO 3
- 940 T#=T#/256
- 950 POKE I+11,256*(T#-FIX(T#))
- 960 T#=FIX(T#)
- 970 NEXT
- 980 RETURN
- = MGBD =
- HOS-89?7-2 CP/M-80 operating system software
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
- A - MAKEBIOS on hard sectored under 2.2.04 06/12/84 2k
- B - 2.2.04 SETUP backup on a single drive system 02/22/84 1k
- C - "SYNCHRONIZATION ERROR" with MOVCPM?? 12/29/83 1k
- D - Creating a bootable disk on different media type 12/29/84 2k
- E - Lower case characters in CP/M ED 12/29/84 1k
- F - CONFIGUR must be run after MAKEBIOS 12/29/84 1k
- G - Z67 ASSIGN required every boot 12/29/84 1k
- H - CP/M hangs accepting no input on the H8 12/29/84 1k
- I - CP/M 2.2.03 and above hardware requirement 12/23/84 2k
- J - "BAD LOAD" CP/M error explained 12/23/84 2k
- K - "MEDIA INCOMPATIBLE ON DISKETTES" error explained 12/23/84 1k
- L - Need for MAKEBIOS explained 12/23/84 2k
- M - Transferring files on different media types 12/23/84 2k
- N - Making copies of a non-bootable disk 12/23/84 1k
- O - Using control characters in a SUBMIT file 12/15/82 2k
- P - MAKEBIOS cookbook procedure 11/01/82 2k
- Q - CONFIGUR and 96tpi drives versus 48tpi 04/06/82 1k
- R - Soft error count 04/04/82 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 26k
- = MGBDA =
- MAKEBIOS on hard sectored under 2.2.04
- -----
- June 12, 1984 #35
-
- Question: How do I perform the MAKEBIOS under CP/M version 2.2.04
- with a hard sectored disk or a DUP of my soft sectored disk?
-
- Answer: The hard sectored and single sided single density soft
- sectored disks do not have enough room on them for all the temporary files
- when using the standard MAKEBIOS. Create a new MAKEBIOS.SUB containing the
- following lines:
-
- $2:MAKEBIOS $2:1 $1:
- ASM BIOS.$2$1Z
- REN $1:BIOS.HX0=BIOS.HEX
- $2:MAKEBIOS $2:2 $1:
- ASM BIOS.$2$1Z
- REN $1:BIOS.HX1=BIOS.HEX
- $2:PREL $1:BIOS $1:
- $2:MAKEBIOS $1:3 $1:
-
- There are some important differences in the MAKEBIOS procedure with this new
- submit file. The procedure should be made with three disks. Use an exact
- copy of disk I in drive A, an exact copy of disk III in (physical or
- logical) drive B, and a blank formatted disk in (physical or logical) drive
- C. The command line should be:
-
- SUBMIT B:MAKEBIOS C B
-
- You must use both drive parameters (C and B). Be sure to note that you must
- not use colons(:) after the drive parameters (C and B). With the new submit
- file, the temporary HEX files go to the BIOS destination disk, so there
- should be plenty of room.
- = MGBDB =
- 2.2.04 SETUP backup on a single drive system
- -----
- February 22, 1984
-
- Question: Every time I run the SETUP disk from the CP/M 2.2.04
- update on my single drive system and use the backup facility I receive a
- BDOS "Bad Sector" message. I have tried this routine on a number of
- diskettes that I know are not damaged and still get this error message.
- What am I doing wrong?
-
- Answer: SETUP assumes that you have a diskette that has been
- previously formatted as your destination for this method of the operation.
- If you replace the SETUP disk with an unformatted diskette as your
- destination disk the BDOS "Bad Sector" error message will result. In order
- to avoid this from happening you must boot-up your CP/M 2.2.04 DISK I and
- format a blank diskette and then reboot the SETUP disk using the formatted
- disk as your destination.
- = MGBDC =
- "SYNCHRONIZATION ERROR" with MOVCPM??
- -----
- December 29, 1983 #134
-
- Question: I have received my CP/M update and run the MAKEBIOS
- utility in order to use the new CP/M with my multidrive system. Why do I
- get a "SYNCHRONIZATION ERROR" whenever I try to run MOVCPMxx?
-
- Answer: The update that you received contains a different format of
- your serial number from your original CP/M Distribution Disk set. The
- revision number is part of the serial number and since the update is a new
- revision, the serial number is now slightly different. When you perform a
- MOVCPMxx, the program compares its serial number with that of the CP/M
- system currently in memory (the one you "BOOTed"). If there is a difference
- between those serial numbers you will receive a "SYNCHRONIZATION ERROR" and
- your system will lock up. The remedy for this problem is to be certain to
- boot from the update CP/M disk and use the new MOVCPMxx program from the
- update disk.
- = MGBDD =
- Creating a bootable disk on different media type
- -----
- December 29, 1984 #135
-
- Question: I have my CP/M on one type of media. How do I create a
- bootable disk on another type of media.
-
- Answer: After you have configured BIOS for both types of drives,
- the procedure is fairly standard. The important point to remember is to use
- the correct version of MOVCPM.
-
- Take the case of creating a bootable 5 1/4" soft-sectored disk from
- a 5 1/4" hard-sectored version of CP/M. First boot up on CP/M distribution
- Disk #1, then insert distribution Disk #2 in drive B and at the A> prompt
- type B:MOVCPM37 <CR>. MOVCPM37 will terminate and you should type SYSGEN.
- When asked for source, respond with <CR> when asked for destination type D
- <CR>. The soft-sectored disk now has the system information on it but we
- must install BIOS.SYS for it to be bootable. This is done with the
- following three commands:
-
- PIP D: = BIOS.SYS[R]
- STAT D: BIOS.SYS $R/O
- STAT D: BIOS.SYS $SYS
-
- The process is essentially the same for other media, except that the version
- of MOVCPM changes with each type of disk drive:
-
- MEDIA VERSION OF MOVCPM
- 5 1/4 Hard Sectored MOVCPM17
- 5 1/4 Soft Sectored MOVCPM37
- 8" Z-47 MOVCPM47
- 8" Z-67 MOVCPM67
-
- The various versions of MOVCPM will be on CP/M distribbution disk #2.
- = MGBDE =
- Lower case characters in CP/M ED
- -----
- December 29, 1984 #136
-
- Question: How do I get lower case information in a file using the
- CP/M text editor, (ED)?
-
- Answer: The CP/M editor will convert all input to upper case unless
- the i (insert) command is given in lower case. So to enter lower case
- input, be sure to give the insert command in lower case, e.g.
-
- ED FILE.EXT
- :*i (lower case)
- 1:abc
- etc.
- = MGBDF =
- CONFIGUR must be run after MAKEBIOS
- -----
- December 29, 1984 #137
-
- Question: After finally getting MAKEBIOS, MOVCPM and SYSGEN
- properly done so that the boot message "FOR H17 H37 ..." appears I still
- cannot use the soft-sector drive. Why not?
-
- Answer: After a new CP/M is created the CONFIGUR program must be
- run at least once to initialize the device tables. Copy CONFIGUR to the
- disk and re-boot the system. Respond "YES" to the question "DO YOU WANT A
- STANDARD SYSTEM, YES OR NO?" Now your soft-sectored diskettes should be
- readable.
- = MGBDG =
- Z67 ASSIGN required every boot
- -----
- December 29, 1984 #138
-
- Question: Why do I have to re-ASSIGN the drive letters on my Z67
- every time I boot CP/M?
-
- Answer: Think of the Z67 as more than one drive. The PARTition
- utility can divide the drive into 62 different partitions, each of which can
- be made bootable, assignable or both. Because of this flexibility, CP/M
- does not know which of these partitions you want to use. Therefore, you
- must use the ASSIGN program to select the partitions used by your particular
- application. You can do this automatically at boot time by using the
- Automatic Command Line feature in CONFIGUR. Bootable partitions can also be
- set by using the "Default Boot String" option under PART.
- = MGBDH =
- CP/M hangs accepting no input on the H8
- -----
- December 29, 1984 #139
-
- Question: My new version 2.2.X03, of CP/M comes up on my H-8,
- automatically running CONFIGUR as it should. It asks for "Standard system
- (Y or N)? <Y>:" and hangs, accepting no input at all, regardless of what it
- is. What can I do to correct this problem?
-
- Answer: H-8-4 Board should have the interrupt enable jumper in the
- "on" position and the level jumper at level 3. The interrupt enable jumper
- is on the top of the board near the addressing jumpers and the level
- selector is on the bottom right.
- = MGBDI =
- CP/M 2.2.03 and above hardware requirement
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #142
-
- Question: Why does the message, "Type SPACES to determine baud
- rate" appear when I try to boot CP/M version 2.2.03? [Other symptoms of
- this problem are:1) CONFIGUR fails unpredictably to properly recognize
- hardware peripherals, and 2) at bootup time the message, "PUT DISK P IN
- DRIVE P" appears.]
-
- Answer: The MTR-88 monitor ROM, part #444-40, located at U518 on
- the CPU board of your computer; and the I/O mapping ROM, part #444-43,
- located at U550 also on the CPU board, should be replaced by part #'s 444-62
- and 444-61 respectively. [IMPORTANT! This will only be the case if you have
- KIT version H-89A.] If you have this problem, the parts above plus the
- installation guide, part #595-2547, can be obtained free of charge by
- calling the Heath Parts Replacement Department at 616/982-3571. THIS WILL
- NOT BE NECESSARY IF YOU PLAN TO UPDATE YOUR UNIT TO RUN WITH MTR-90. [MTR-90
- is supplied with the Z-89/Z-37 and the Z-89/Z-67.]
- = MGBDJ =
- "BAD LOAD" CP/M error explained
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #143
-
- Question: I just received a new version of CP/M. When I loaded
- MBASIC for the first time, the message "BAD LOAD" appeared on the screen.
- What did I do wrong?
-
- Answer: The BAD LOAD message occurs when CP/M recognizes only 32K
- of random access memory in your computer. This can occur even though your
- computer may actually have 48K or 64K of memory. The message "BAD LOAD"
- indicates that you have not yet modified CP/M to utilize all of your
- computer's memory.
-
- To solve this probblem, you must use the utilities MOVCPM and SYSGEN
- on Disk 1 of CP/M. There are several versions of the utility MOVCPM
- depending on what hardware unit you wish to use it on and which version of
- CP/M you have.
-
- First make a duplicate copy of Disk 1 using the utility DUP, which
- can be found on Disk 1. After you have made this copy, put the original
- (the one with the write protect tab on it) in a safe place and use the copy
- for all further operations. Boot the disk that you have just made and
- follow the instructions MOVCPM and SYSGEN utilities as instructed in Chapter
- 4 of your Heath/Zenith Data Systems CP/M manual (part number 595-2776).
-
- The procedure just described is easier than making a bootable disk
- from scratch because you will not have to copy the file BIOS.SYS nor will
- you have to use the STAT command to change BIOS.SYS to an R/O and a SYS
- file. The reason for this is that BIOS.SYS already exists on the copy you
- have made.
- = MGBDK =
- "MEDIA INCOMPATIBLE ON DISKETTES" error explained
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #144
-
- Question: What causes the "MEDIA INCOMPATIBLE ON DISKETTES" error
- message during the DUPlicate command, even though I have correctly formatted
- my disk?
-
- Answer: With 8" disks often the disk you are DUPlicating is single-
- sided and the disk you are using for the copy is double-sided. The sector
- hole window on the diskette envelope will be in the same location if both
- are single-sided. You get an "incompatible media" error even though you
- have formatted the destination disk single-density if it is a doubble-sided
- disk. You may, however, use the PIP program to transfer the files from the
- distribution disk to the new 8" disk.
-
- Even with 5 1/4" diskettes that have the same storage capacity there
- may be a difference in the formatting. In these cases you should just use
- PIP to make a copy of your disk.
- = MGBDL =
- Need for MAKEBIOS explained
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #145
-
- Question: I have just installed a soft-sectored disk controller
- card (Z-89-37) in my Z-89 computer. By means of the interconnecting cable
- from this card, I have installed a pair of high density 5 1/4" soft-sectored
- disk drives (Z-37). When I "Boot" my CP/M update (vers. 2.2X03) on my hard-
- sectored (internal) drive and the CONFIGUR program runs, why doesn't it
- recognize my soft-sectored disk drives?
-
- Answer: The Z-89/90 computer supports up to two disk controllers at
- one time. Since it is not possible to anticipate everyone's needs, Zenith
- distributes version 2.2X03 of CP/M with a BIOS constructed to support only
- one type of disk drive per product as follows:
-
- Model Type of Disk Drive Supported
-
- HOS-8917-2 Hard-sectored 5 1/4" Drives
- HOS-8937-2 Soft-sectored 5 1/4" Drives
- HOS-8947-2 Soft-sectored 8" Drives
- HOS-8967-2 Winchester Disk Drive
-
- If you originally had the CP/M product HOS-817-2 (version 2.2.02) then your
- CP/M update is equivalent to the HOS-8917-2 and has a BIOS constructed to
- support only 5 1/4" hard-sectored disk drives.
-
- In order to provide a straightforward means for the creation of a
- BIOS for any one or combination of two types of disk drives, we have
- provided a MAKEBIOS utility program which simplifies this task. (for
- details, see chapter 3 of the Heath/Zenith Data Systems CP/M manual.) The
- MAKEBIOS utility creates a new BIOS ready to install using MOVCPMxx and
- SYSGEN (for details, see chapter 4 of the CP/M manual.) Once this procedure
- has been performed, the new disk can be BOOTed and the soft-sectored disk
- drives utilized. After performing the procedure, BOOT the new disk and the
- soft-sectored drives can be utilized.
- = MGBDM =
- Transferring files on different media types
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #146
-
- Question: How can I transfer files between a hard-sectored disk
- drive and a soft-sectored disk drive?
-
- Answer: Both hard-sectored and soft-sectored disk controller cards
- must be installed in your computer. With appropriate disk drives and the
- proper BIOS for this combination, transferring files between the two is as
- easy as the transfer of files between two hard-sectored disk drives. If
- your hard-sectored disk controller is supporting three drives and your soft-
- sectored disk controller is supporting two drives and you BOOTed from the
- hard-sectored drive, the hard-sectored drives are called A:, B:, and C:.
- The soft-sectored drives will then be D:, E:, and F:. An example of a file
- transfer from A: to E: would be:
-
- A>PIP E:=A:FILENAME.EXT<CR>
-
- This example assumes that the PIP file is on the disk in drive A. For
- additional information on drive name determination, refer to Appendix F in
- the Heath/Zenith Data Systems CP/M manual.
- = MGBDN =
- Making copies of a non-bootable disk
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #147
-
- Question: How do I copy Distribution Disks II and III for CP/M
- version 2.2X03 if I have only one drive?
-
- Answer: The procedure for copying disks II and III as well as any
- non-bootable disk are somewhat different than for copying disk 1, especially
- because the PIP file is on disk 1. Disk 1 must first be copied and you must
- have BOOTed from it. Next FORMAT two blank disks. Once this is done, you
- are ready to begin. In the procedure that follows, B: refers to the blank
- FORMATed disks and C: refers to disk II or III, whichever is being copied:
-
- a. At the A> prompt, enter the following command:
-
- PIP B:=C:*.*<CR>.
-
- b. The computer instructs you to alternately place disks B and C into the
- disk drive.
-
- c. After switching the disks and completing the process, you will receive
- the A> prompt again. This indicates that the operation is finished.
- = MGBDO =
- Using control characters in a SUBMIT file
- -----
- December 15, 1982 #153
-
- Question: How do I enter control characters into a SUBMIT file?
- The instructions on page 28 of the CP/M manual do not seem to work.
-
- Answer: SUBMIT requires you to enter '^z' to place a CTRL Z in the
- file. The problem comes in that SUBMIT also converts all characters to
- uppercase. The following patch suggested by Digital Research will modify
- SUBMIT to require '^Z'.
-
- A>ddt submit.com
- DDT VERS 2.2
- NEXT PC
- 0600 0100
- -s442
- 0442 61 41
- 0443 32 .
- -g0
- A>save 5 submit.com
-
- This alternate patch will allow lowercase characters to be entered
- which is also extremely helpful when using XSUB and ED with strings that
- require lowercase characters.
-
-
- A>ddt submit.com
- DDT VERS 2.2
- NEXT PC
- 0600 0100
- -s370
- 0370 5F FF
- 0371 32 .
- -g0
- A>save 5 submit.com
-
- The following example submit file (using only the alternate patch)
- uses ED to search a file and replace all lowercase strings 'recieve' with
- 'receive'.
-
- xsub
- ed file.doc
- #a
- b#srecieve^zreceive
- e
-
- It should be mentioned that in no case can the control characters
- '^P' or '^C' be used in a submit file to obtain the normal functions of
- console input for printer toggle or warm start.
- = MGBDP =
- MAKEBIOS cookbook procedure
- -----
- November 1, 1982 #154
-
- Question: I am having some difficulty following the instructions in
- the CP/M manual for the MAKEBIOS procedure. Could you please outline the
- exact steps I would follow?
-
- Answer: Outlined below are two cookbook procedures for running
- MAKEBIOS. If you have a high capacity drive that will hold all the
- necessary programs from CP/M disk I and II on one disk (all H47, H67 and 96
- tpi H37 users) follow procedure A. If you require two disks to hold all the
- programs (all H17 and 48 tpi H37 users) follow procedure B.
-
- Procedure A:
-
- SUBMIT MAKEBIOS A:
- (enter the requested information)
- MOVCPM?? * A:
- (where ?? is the destination drive type of SYSGEN)
- SYSGEN
- RETURN
- (press return to skip, do not enter a source drive)
- A
- (specify A as the destination drive)
- (when you receive the message 'function complete' Press
- SHIFT RESET and do a cold boot)
-
- Procedure B:
-
- SUBMIT B:MAKEBIOS A: B:
- (enter the requested information)
- MOVCPM?? * A:
- (where ?? is the destination drive type of SYSGEN)
- SYSGEN
- RETURN
- (press return to skip, do not enter a source drive)
- A
- (specify A as the destination drive)
- (when you receive the message 'function complete' Press
- SHIFT RESET and do a cold boot)
- = MGBDQ =
- CONFIGUR and 96tpi drives versus 48tpi
- -----
- April 6, 1982 #159
-
- Question: I "CONFIGUR"ed my 96tpi drives for 48tpi and "DUP"ed my
- distribution disks. Why can't I read the copies in my 48tpi drive?
-
- Answer: The "CONFIGUR" utility allows you to select either 96tpi or
- 48tpi because there are both types of drives available. The option you
- select must match the type of drive that you are using for proper operation.
- 48tpi disks created on a 48tpi drive can be properly read on a 96tpi drive.
- Neither 96tpi disks nor 48tpi disks created on a 96tpi drive can be properly
- read on a 48tpi drive.
- = MGBDR =
- Soft error count
- -----
- April 4, 1982 #160
-
- Question: How do I determine the soft error count mentioned in the
- CP/M-80 manual on page 111?
-
- Answer: From page 3 of the BIOS listing we see that the base
- address of the BIOS is stored in location 04EH after cold boot. Using this
- value as an offset and adding it to the address for SECNT17 on page 20 of
- the BIOS listing we obtain the value to check in DDT. A sample of how this
- might look appears as follows:
-
- A>DDT
- DDT VERS 2.2
- -D004E,004F
- 004E 00 E8 .. (The base of the BIOS is E800H.)
- -DE849,E84C (E800H+0049H=E849H, E849H+0004H=E84CH)
- E849 1F 00 02 00 .... (SECNT17 = 001FH = 31)
- -G0 (SECNT37 = 0002H = 2)
- A>
-
- Comments on the action are enclosed in parenthesis.
- = MGC =
- HDOS operating system
- -----
- January 27, 1984 #131
-
- Question: I have two Z37 drives on my system and when I boot HDOS on
- the right hand drive, I cannot mount the left hand drive with the normal
- MOUNT SY1: or MOUNT SY2: commands. How do I access the left-hand Z37 after
- booting off the right-hand Z37?
-
- Answer: After booting off the right-hand Z37 drive, the left-hand
- Z37 drive can be mounted with the following command: MOUNT SY3: The drive
- will then be referenced as SY3: by HDOS.
- -----
- #132
- Question: I just installed my Z89-37 soft sectored controller board
- and tried to INITialize an HDOS disk. When INIT got to the point of
- "Dismounting all disks," the system locked up. What do I do?
-
- Answer: The INITialize program contained on the standard HOS-8X7-1
- software does not operate correctly with the Z89-37 controller board when
- trying to dismount disks. To correct this problem, new software on a disk
- called HOS-5-UP is required. Also contained on this disk is a program called
- DKH37.DVD which is the driver for the soft-sectored 5 1/4" drives. HOS-5-UP
- is available from most local Heath stores or from Heath/Zenith Data Systems
- in Benton Harbor. You may call 616/982-3860 or write the Heath Company,
- Benton Harbor, MI. 49022
- -----
- #140
- Question: I have an H/Z-89 with an internal drive and newly
- installed Z-89-37 controller card with two drives. When I bring up HDOS and
- try to INITialize a new disk, the system hangs. What is wrong?
-
- Answer: HDOS comes with a "DK:" device driver for the H/Z-47
- installed. When it tries to reset all drives before doing the INITialize,
- seeing the 37 controller instead of a 47 controller causes the software to
- "hang". What is needed is the new device update, HOS-5-UP, which comes with
- only one device driver for disks installed (SY:) and has included device
- drivers for the new equipment, (H-37's, MX-80 and H-25). Also included is
- modified support utilities for this new equipment such as INIT.ABS
- -----
- September 8, 1982 #155
-
- Question: How do I list the directory contents of the HDOS disks
- which are not bootable on a one-drive system?
-
- Answer: Using PIP as a stand-alone utility the command:
-
- :P: sy0:/res
-
- will allow you to mount any HDOS disk even if it is not bootable and the
- command:
-
- :P: /l
-
- will list the directory to the user's console. Also the command:
-
- :P: lp:=/l
-
- will list the directory to the printer (LP: device). The LP: driver must be
- correct for the printer being used, with the proper SET options and loaded
- before entering PIP.
- = MGD =
- BASIC languages
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - General BASIC programming language information 05/24/84 4k
- B - MS-5063-1 GW-BASIC version 1 10/24/84 2k
- C - MS-463-1 ZBASIC interpreter 09/10/84 5k
- D - MS-463-4 ZBASIC compiler 04/13/84 3k
- E - MS-253-1 CP/M-85 BASIC-80, HMS-89?7-1 BASIC-80 12/23/83 17k
- F - HMS-89?7-4 CP/M BASIC-80 compiler 08/18/84 3k
- G - Extended Benton Harbor BASIC 05/21/82 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 35k
- = MGDA =
- General BASIC programming language information
- -----
- May 24, 1984 #34
-
- Question: How do I set up a FIELD statement in MicroSoft BASIC if
- it is too long to fit on one line?
-
- Answer: The FIELD statement does not all have to fit on one line.
- Multiple FIELD statements are perfectly acceptable when properly written.
- What you must remember is that all field statements refer to the beginning
- of the record. There are two ways to handle a long FIELD statement. One
- method is useful when using an array in a FIELD statement and the other is
- when there may be just too many fields or long variable names to fit. The
- following examples will make this clearer.
-
- 10 DIM A$(20)
- 20 OPEN ....
- 30 FOR I=0 TO 20
- 40 FIELD 1,I*2 AS DUMMY$,2 AS A$(I)
- 50 NEXT
-
- The first example shows a good way to handle arrays in FIELD
- statements. In both of these examples the full OPEN statement is not shown,
- DUMMY$ is just a variable name that you are not going to use for anything
- else and all variables are set to two bytes on the assumption that the
- values are integers.
-
- 10 OPEN ....
- 20 FIELD 1,2 AS FIRST$,2 AS SECOND$,2 AS THIRD$
- 30 FIELD 1,6 AS DUMMY$,2 AS FOURTH$,2 AS FIFTH$,2 AS SIXTH$
- 40 FIELD 1,12 AS DUMMY$,2 SEVENTH$
-
- The second example shows a good way to handle many variable names.
- -----
- May 20, 1983 #25
-
- Question: Why do I have problems of accuracy with numbers in BASIC?
-
- Answer: BASIC uses a method of storing large numbers called binary
- floating point. This is a relatively simple, fast and efficient way of
- storing numbers. One of the drawbacks is that this method of storing
- numbers is not 100% accurate. Unlike integer numbers of plus or minus
- 32000, single and double precision numbers are sometimes only approximations
- of the correct number. This approximation is very close, especially with
- double precision numbers, but it is not always exact. These tiny errors can
- also get worse when a variable is the result of several calculations.
-
- There are three basic types of errors that this causes. The most
- common is an IF A=B comparison where you think A and B are the same but
- BASIC says they are not. The solution to this is to change the comparison
- as follows:
-
- Old: IF A=B THEN
- New: IF ABS(A-B)<1E-9 THEN
-
- The exponent of 9 in this example can be changed to whatever is appropriate
- in your application. This problem occurs only with the equals comparison.
-
- The second common problem is that a number ends with '.00001' or
- '.99997' or something like that when it is printed out. The trailing digits
- can sometimes be suppressed by rounding as described in the next paragraph
- or by PRINT USING instead of PRINT. For a dollar amount the following
- statement would make sure that only the pennies show:
-
- PRINT USING "#####.##";DOLLARS
-
- The third problem is that answers are just plain wrong by a small
- amount that is not acceptable. This occurs especially when adding dollar
- amounts. There are three things you can do that might take care of the
- problem. Sometimes using double precision instead of single precision will
- help. The trick of masking the error with PRINT USING described in the
- previous paragraph can also help. The only other thing you can do is to
- periodically round off the result of a calculation by the number of decimal
- places you expect it to have. The following statement would work for
- rounding dollar values known to have only full penny amounts:
-
- DOLLAR#=FIX(DOLLAR#*100+.5)/100
- = MGDB =
- MS-5063-1 GW-BASIC version 1
- -----
- October 24, 1984 #177
-
- Question: How can I correct for the error message "Communication
- buffer overflow" when using COM2: in GW-BASIC?
-
- Answer: This problem only occurs in version 1.26 of GWBASIC for the
- Z-150 computer. The following patch should be made to an exact copy of your
- original GW-BASIC program. Do not modify the original distribution disk.
- Enter the following commands exactly as shown. Be particularly careful of
- the spaces and enter a carriage return at the end of each line exactly as
- shown.
-
- ren basica.exe basica.bin
- debug basica.bin
- u384c 3859
-
- This last command will cause a list of instructions to be printed out. The
- instructions displayed must match those described as follows:
-
- ????:384C 80FC01 CMP AH,01
- ????:384F 7C05 JL 3856
- ????:3851 BFE207 MOV DI,07E2
- ????:3854 EB03 JMP 3859
- ????:3856 BFD007 MOV DI,07D0
- ????:3859 807D0800 CMP BYTE PTR [DI+08],00
-
- When the program is the correct, unmodified version of the original program
- this patch is designed for these values will match. If these values match
- enter the following commands:
-
- a384c
- mov di,07d0
- cmp ah,1
- jnz 3857
- mov di,07e2
- xor ah,ah
- RETURN
- w
- q
- ren basica.bin basica.exe
- = MGDC =
- MS-463-1 ZBASIC interpreter
- -----
- September 10, 1984 #171
-
- Question: Is there any way to correct the problems with the BEEP
- command in the Z-BASIC interpreter version 1.1?
-
- Answer: There are two different version 1.1 Z-BASIC interpreters.
- The ZBASIC interpreter displays a creation date when it is run. The earlier
- one comes up with a May 11, 1983 creation and the second one comes up with
- an October 5, 1983 creation date. The following patch will correct the
- problems with the BEEP command. Use the patch which matches the creation
- date of your Z-BASIC interpreter.
-
- debug zbasic.com (for the one created may 11, 1983)
- e227 69 7c
- w
- q
-
- debug zbasic.com (for the one created October 5, 1983)
- e227 ee 7d
- w
- q
- -----
- May 10, 1984 #79
-
- Question: Why do I get only 6k additional memory in ZBASIC when I
- increase the memory on my Z-100 from 128k to 192k?
-
- Answer: The ZBASIC interpreter can only use 64k for the user data
- area. After subtracting the interpreter overhead that leaves a maximum of
- about 61k of data for the user. This is a very common limitation in
- programs on the 8088 due to the segmentation architecture of the processor.
- This is not likely to be changed because the interpreter program would have
- to be almost twice as big in order to handle all segmented memory.
-
- The memory area that ZBASIC does not use can be used with assembly
- language subroutines or with PEEK and POKE statements.
- -----
- January 23, 1984 #74
-
- Question: What is the simplest way to include assembly language
- subroutines in a ZBASIC interpreter program?
-
- Answer: The following example assembly language subroutine and
- corresponding ZBASIC program represent one of the simplest ways to do this
- procedure. The information this program provides is invaluable for further
- assembly language routine development.
-
- The file BASASM.ASM contains the following lines:
-
- code segment
- assume cs:code
- segadd proc far
- mov bp,sp
- mov si,[bp+14]
- mov word ptr [si],cs
- mov si,[bp+12]
- mov word ptr [si],ds
- mov si,[bp+10]
- mov word ptr [si],es
- mov si,[bp+8]
- mov word ptr [si],ss
- mov si,[bp+6]
- mov ax,[bp]
- mov word ptr [si],ax
- mov si,[bp+4]
- mov ax,[bp+2]
- mov word ptr [si],ax
- ret 12
- segadd endp
- code ends
- end
-
- Assemble this program as follows:
-
- MASM BASASM;
- LINK BASASM;
- EXE2BIN BASASM
-
- The following ZBASIC program will run this subroutine:
-
- 10 'SAVE"BASASM.BAS",A
- 20 DEFINT A-Z
- 30 DEF SEG
- 40 OPEN"r",1,"basasm.bin
- 50 SIZE=LOF(1)
- 60 CLOSE
- 70 PRINT"Program size"SIZE
- 80 OPEN"r",1,"basasm.bin",SIZE
- 90 GET#1
- 100 FUNC=VARPTR(#1)+188
- 110 CALL FUNC(CS,DS,ES,SS,IP,SEG)
- 120 PRINT "Code segment",CS
- 130 PRINT "Data segment",DS
- 140 PRINT "Extra segment",ES
- 150 PRINT "Stack segment",SS
- 160 PRINT "Return IP",IP
- 170 PRINT "Return CS",SEG
- 180 DEF SEG=SEG
- 190 PRINT:PRINT"ZBASIC Program header
- 200 FOR I=0 TO 255
- 210 IF (I AND 15)=0 THEN PRINT
- 220 PRINT RIGHT$(HEX$(PEEK(I)+256),2)" ";
- 230 NEXT
- 240 CLOSE
- -----
- December 22, 1982 #70
-
- Question: How do I modify my H19 programs to run on the Z100 or
- under ZBASIC?
-
- Answer: The Z100 codes are generally the same as the H19 codes with
- several new ones. ZBASIC though has a different set of codes. The use of
- CRT control codes (ie any PRINT string character sequence containing
- CHR$(27) or the equivalent), can occasionally lead to unpredictable results.
- Wherever possible the appropiate ZBASIC command must be used instead.
- Following is a partial list of control codes with substitute commands.
-
- Z100 ZBASIC Function
-
- ESC A chr$(30) cursor up
- ESC B chr$(31) cursor down
- ESC C chr$(28) cursor right
- ESC D chr$(29) cursor left
- ESC H chr$(11) cursor home
- ESC Y LOCATE direct cursor addressing
- ESC E chr$(12) or CLS clear display and home cursor
- ESC J chr$(26) erase to the end of page
- ESC K chr$(5) erase to the end of line
- ESC m COLOR set foreground/background color
- ESC F SCREEN enter graphics mode
- ESC G SCREEN exit graphics mode
- ESC p SCREEN enter reverse video mode
- ESC q SCREEN exit reverse video mode
- ESC l chr$(21) erase entire line
- ESC N chr$(127) delete character
-
- A complete list of ZBASIC screen commands can be found on page 3.7 of the
- ZBASIC manual.
- = MGDD =
- MS-463-4 ZBASIC compiler
- -----
- April 13, 1984 #78
-
- Question: I am used to programming in BASIC-80 using the escape
- codes. The ZBASIC interpreter allowed me to use some of the escape
- sequences but the ZBASIC compiler does not allow any. Is there any way I
- can use the terminal control codes when programming in Z-BASIC compiler?
-
- Answer: BASIC-80 did not provide any features for control of the
- terminal therefore it was necessary to use escape codes. Z-BASIC on the
- other hand is a more advanced BASIC and provides some terminal control
- features. As far as possible it is desirable to restrict your use of
- terminal control to those features provided by Z-BASIC. Since this is a new
- feature of BASIC sometimes there will be features that the terminal can
- perform but which are not implemented by Z-BASIC.
-
- The Z-BASIC compiler completely stops all use of escape sequence
- because there is an alternative provided. If Z-BASIC compiler does not
- provide all the features that you need the only alternative is to bypass all
- Z-BASIC features and perform total control of the screen yourself. You can
- open a device called 'CONS:' and then all your output statements must be
- done through this device as long as you wish to retain complete control of
- the screen. All input must also be done with INKEY$ or you will lose
- control of the screen.
-
- The following sample program demonstrates this procedure:
-
- 10 OPEN "CONS:" FOR OUTPUT AS #1
- 20 PRINT#1,CHR$(27)"z";
- 30 REM you are now in total control of the screen
- 40 A$=CHR$(7)
- 50 WHILE A$<>CHR$(1)
- 60 PRINT#1,A$;
- 70 A$=""
- 80 WHILE A$=""
- 90 A$=INKEY$
- 100 WEND
- 110 WEND
- 120 REM return control back to ZBASIC
- 130 PRINT#1,CHR$(27)"z"chr$(27)"x1
- 140 CLOSE 1
- 150 CLS
- -----
- September 12, 1983 #71
-
- Question: How do I write an assembly language subroutine for the Z-
- BASIC compiler?
-
- Answer: The following program gives an outline of what is necessary
- to write an assembly language subroutine that mimics the PRINT statement for
- the Z-BASIC compiler:
-
- contents of the file DEMOBAS.BAS
-
- 10 'SAVE"DEMOBAS.BAS",A
- 20 A$="this is a test"
- 30 CALL PRINTIT(A$)
- 40 END
-
- contents of the file DEMO.ASM
-
- name demo
- title DEMO - basic string interface to assembly demo
- page 64,96
- include defms.asm
- ;
- ;
- demo segment public 'code'
- assume cs:demo
- public printit
- ;
- ; CALL PRINTIT(A$)
- ;
- printit proc far
- mov bp,sp ;point to arguments
- mov si,[bp+4] ;point to string descriptor
- mov cx,word ptr [si] ;fetch length
- mov si,word ptr [si+2] ;fetch pointer to string
- loop:
- lodsb ;load byte from string
- mov dl,al ;position for function output
- mov ah,dosf_conout ;function code
- int dosi_func ;function interrupt
- loop loop ;repeat for next character
- ret 2 ;return skipping argument
- printit endp
- demo ends
- end
-
- This routine is implemented and run with the following commands:
-
- MASM DEMO;
- BASCOM DEMOBAS;
- LINK DEMOBAS DEMO;
- DEMO
- = MGDE =
- MS-253-1 CP/M-85 BASIC-80, HMS-89?7-1 CP/M-80 BASIC-80
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Record sizes greater than 128 bytes 12/23/83 1k
- B - OBASIC included with CP/M-80 MBASIC 12/23/83 1k
- C - Program function keys usage 03/29/83 1k
- D - Bypassing problems with INKEY$ 09/08/82 4k
- E - IOBYTE change under program control 09/07/82 3k
- F - Mimic the SUBMIT facility from MBASIC 08/20/82 1k
- G - Differences between HDOS MBASIC and CP/M MBASIC 08/19/82 1k
- H - How to include assembly language routines in MBASIC 06/30/82 2k
- I - Switching MBASIC output and input devices 06/09/82 2k
- * - Download all the menu categories 16k
- = MGDEA =
- Record sizes greater than 128 bytes
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #133
-
- Question: How can I get CP/M MBASIC to accept a random file with
- records greater than 128-bytes?
-
- Answer: For record sizes of less than 128-bytes, an OPEN command
- such as OPEN "R",1, "File.EXT", 32 suffices. To be able to use the OPEN
- command for random record sizes >128, MBASIC must be invoked by the
- following command MBASIC/S:nnn where nnn is the size of the random record
- you desire (128<nnn<256). Your program should then contain the statement
- OPEN "R", 1, "FILE.EXT", nnn which will enable you to use random records of
- length >128.
- = MGDEB =
- OBASIC included with CP/M-80 MBASIC
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #28
-
- Question: When I looked at the DIRectory on my new CP/M-80 MICROSOFT
- BASIC Interpreter, I noticed the file OBASIC.COM. What is OBASIC?
-
- Answer: OBASIC is version 4.83 of Microsoft BASIC. MBASIC is
- version 5.21. The OBASIC version has been included because some programs
- written in the older version may not function correctly under MBASIC 5.21.
- = MGDEC =
- Program function keys usage
- -----
- March 29, 1983 #23
-
- Question: How do I use the program function keys?
-
- Answer: The following program is a simple demonstration of the use
- of the function keys from MBASIC.
-
- 10 PRINT"When you type a function key (f1-f5) it will be recognized."
- 20 PRINT"The ESC key will exit the program
- 30 PRINT"Press a key ";
- 40 C$=INPUT$(1)
- 50 IF C$=CHR$(27) THEN T$=INKEY$:
- IF T$="S" THEN PRINT"f1"
- ELSE IF T$="T" THEN PRINT"f2"
- ELSE IF T$="U" THEN PRINT"f3"
- ELSE IF T$="V" THEN PRINT"f4"
- ELSE IF T$="W" THEN PRINT"f5"
- ELSE IF T$="" THEN END
- 60 GOTO 30
-
- This is the safest way to use the function keys. The function keys
- cannot be easily detected using only the INKEY$ function. This program has
- been tested for the H/Z89(90) using CP/M-80 and for the H/Z100 using CP/M-85
- under both the interpreter and the compiler.
- = MGDED =
- Bypassing problems with INKEY$
- -----
- September 8, 1982 #17
-
- Question: Why doesn't the INKEY$ function in the CP/M MBASIC
- interpreter always give me the characters typed from the keyboard? Is there
- any way to get around this problem?
-
- Answer: MBASIC is continually scanning the console input looking to
- see if the user has typed CTRL-C and throws away all but the last character
- that it found. For this reason you cannot type ahead of input in an MBASIC
- program and the INKEY$ function will only give you the last key that was
- typed. Unless the INKEY$ function is used very often some characters will
- be lost. The solution to this problem is not trivial! The following
- program demonstrates assembly language USR routines that will accomplish
- this for you. This is accomplished by prohibiting MBASIC from seeing the
- characters at the console. CP/M will buffer the characters and the CALL
- function goes directly to CP/M conditional input for the characters.
-
- Beware that this procedure protects the program from ever being
- stopped unless it wants to and the system can hang in case of error unless
- careful error handling is used. The only way the program can input is with
- the indicated procedure. INPUT and INKEY$ will no longer work. Even the
- PRINT command will not work the same way. Unless the close down procedure
- indicated is properly performed even MBASIC command input will not work.
-
- ;
- ; assembly language subroutine to get console input past basic
- ;
- ;must not contain any absolute interprogram references
- ;requires that iobyte has been set so that con:<>crt: to work
- ;
- bdos equ 5
- org 0
- start push h ;save pointer to the fac for later
- mvi c,7 ;get the iobyte
- call bdos
- push psw ;save for later
- ani 0fch ;clear out con: bits
- ori 1 ;set to crt:
- mvi c,8 ;set the iobyte
- mov e,a ;prepare argument for bdos
- call bdos
- mvi e,0ffh ;conditional input
- mvi c,6
- call bdos
- pop d ;get back original iobyte
- pop h ;restore address of the fac
- mov m,a ;set result from bdos call
- mov e,d ;get from the high order byte
- mvi c,7 ;return to original iobyte
- jmp bdos ;return to user program through bdos
-
- 10 'SAVE"BASICIN",A
- 20 DEFINT A-Z
- 30 DIM US1(16)
- 40 FOR I=0 TO 16
- 50 READ US1(I)
- 60 NEXT
- 70 DATA &h0ee5,&hcd07,&h0005,&he6f5,&hf6fc,&h0e01,&h5f08,&h05cd
- 80 DATA &h1e00,&h0eff,&hcd06,&h0005,&he1d1,&h5a77,&h080e,&h05c3,&h0000
- 90 DIM US0(12)
- 100 FOR I=0 TO 12
- 110 READ US0(I)
- 120 NEXT
- 130 DATA &h02fe,&he5c0,&h070e,&h05cd,&he100,&h23f5,&h06a6,&h7000
- 140 DATA &hb62b,&hf15f,&h0e77,&hc308,&h0005
- 150 '
- 160 'interrogate iobyte setting
- 170 '
- 180 A=&HFF00
- 190 GOSUB 590
- 200 DEFIOB=A
- 210 '
- 220 'set up error handling
- 230 '
- 240 ON ERROR GOTO 650
- 250 '
- 260 'stat lst:=crt:
- 270 '
- 280 A=&H3F40
- 290 GOSUB 590
- 300 '
- 310 'stat con:=bat:
- 320 '
- 330 A=&HFC02
- 340 GOSUB 590
- 350 '
- 360 'stat rdr:=ptr:
- 370 '
- 380 A=&HF308
- 390 GOSUB 590
- 400 '
- 410 'get characters
- 420 '
- 430 FOR I=0 TO 999
- 440 DEF USR1=VARPTR(US1(0))
- 450 V=USR1(0)
- 460 IF V THEN PRINT CHR$(V);
- 470 NEXT
- 480 PRINT
- 490 '
- 500 'return to original iobyte
- 510 '
- 520 A=DEFIOB
- 530 GOSUB 590
- 540 END
- 550 GOTO 20
- 560 '
- 570 'subroutine for usr call
- 580 '
- 590 DEF USR0=VARPTR(US0(0))
- 600 A=USR0(A)
- 610 RETURN
- 620 '
- 630 'error handler
- 640 '
- 650 A=DEFIOB
- 660 GOSUB 590
- 670 PRINT"Error originally occurred on line "ERL
- 680 ERROR ERR
- = MGDEE =
- IOBYTE change under program control
- -----
- September 7, 1982 #16
-
- Question: Is there any way to select different CP/M devices for
- input and output under program control with MBASIC?
-
- Answer: The following program demonstrates how to perform the same
- functions as the STAT command under program control. The demonstrated
- assembly routine allows easy access to all CP/M devices under program
- control. These are temporary forms of the same settings used in the I/O
- configuration section of CONFIGUR. These settings are permanent until the
- system is rebooted just as with the STAT command and unless they are reset
- by program control the system may hang and require a cold boot. Do not
- attempt to do this unless you have first experimented with the use of the
- STAT command and understand the procedures that are being followed.
-
- ;
- ; basic user function to set the iobyte
- ;
- ; a=usr(&hf300) stat con:=tty:
- ; a=usr(&hf301) stat con:=crt:
- ; a=usr(&hf302) stat con:=bat:
- ; a=usr(&hf303) stat con:=uc1:
- ; a=usr(&h3f00) stat lst:=tty:
- ; a=usr(&h3f40) stat lst:=crt:
- ; a=usr(&h3f80) stat lst:=lpt:
- ; a=usr(&h3fc0) stat lst:=ul1:
- ; defiob=usr(&hff00) interrogate iobyte
- ; a=usr(&hdefiob) direct set of iobyte
- ;
- bdos equ 5
- org 0
- start equ $
- cpi 2 ;is the argument integer?
- rnz ;protect them from some accidents
- push h ;save address of fac
- mvi c,7 ;get the iobyte
- call bdos
- pop h ;restore address of fac
- push psw ;save for the return of the previous value
- inx h ;point to and value
- ana m ;strip out the old bits
- mvi b,0
- mov m,b ;zero the high byte after for return of result
- dcx h ;now for the or value
- ora m ;or in new bits
- mov e,a ;ready for bdos call
- pop psw ;get the old iobyte
- mov m,a ;return as the result
- mvi c,8 ;set the iobyte
- jmp bdos ;return after to user program
-
- 10 'SAVE"BASIOBYT",A
- 20 DEFINT A-Z
- 30 DIM US0(12)
- 40 FOR I=0 TO 12
- 50 READ US0(I)
- 60 NEXT
- 70 DATA &h02fe,&he5c0,&h070e,&h05cd,&he100,&h23f5,&h06a6,&h7000
- 80 DATA &hb62b,&hf15f,&h0e77,&hc308,&h0005
- 90 GOTO 190
- 100 '
- 110 'subroutine
- 120 '
- 130 DEF USR0=VARPTR(US0(0))
- 140 A=USR0(A)
- 150 RETURN
- 160 '
- 170 'interrogate iobyte setting
- 180 '
- 190 A=&HFF00
- 200 GOSUB 130
- 210 IOBYTE=A
- 220 '
- 230 'which way?
- 240 '
- 250 INPUT"Enter 'lp' or 'crt' as the destination for the output";C$
- 260 IF C$="lp" THEN 330
- 270 IF C$<>"crt" THEN 250
- 280 '
- 290 'stat lst:=crt:
- 300 '
- 310 A=&H3F40
- 320 GOSUB 130
- 330 '
- 340 'sample output
- 350 '
- 360 LPRINT"This is the output of an lprint statement sent to "C$"."
- 370 '
- 380 'return to original iobyte
- 390 '
- 400 A=IOBYTE
- 410 GOSUB 130
- = MGDEF =
- Mimic the SUBMIT facility from MBASIC
- -----
- August 20, 1982 #15
-
- Question: How do I go from CP/M MBASIC to other programs such as
- SUPERSORT under program control?
-
- Answer: The easiest and simplest way is to mimic the CP/M SUBMIT
- facility. The following sample program demonstrates how to create a file
- exactly as if it had been created by SUBMIT and upon leaving MBASIC it will
- be executed by the CCP.
-
- 10 'SAVE"SUBMIT",A
- 20 OPEN "r",1,"$$$.SUB"
- 30 FIELD 1,1 AS L$,127 AS M$
- 40 '
- 50 'enter commands in reverse order
- 60 '
- 70 C$="mbasic"
- 80 GOSUB 190
- 90 C$="dir"
- 100 GOSUB 190
- 110 '
- 120 'all done now
- 130 '
- 140 CLOSE 1
- 150 SYSTEM
- 160 '
- 170 'put into file
- 180 '
- 190 LSET L$=CHR$(LEN(C$))
- 200 LSET M$=C$+CHR$(0)
- 210 PUT 1
- 220 RETURN
- = MGDEG =
- Differences between HDOS MBASIC and CP/M MBASIC
- -----
- August 19, 1982 #14
-
- Question: In the Microsoft BASIC programming course there are
- several example programs that I cannot get to work with my Heath/Zenith CP/M
- BASIC. What am I doing wrong?
-
- Answer: There are a few minor differences between the HDOS version
- and the CP/M version of MBASIC. The most common problem is the line
- ' character which is
- what is shown in the programming course. CP/M users should type the LINE
- FEED key instead.
- = MGDEH =
- How to include assembly language routines in MBASIC
- -----
- June 30, 1982 #13
-
- Question: Is there a simple way to include small assembly routines
- with Microsoft BASIC-80 interpreter?
-
- Answer: The following simple example demonstrates a relatively easy
- method for using an assembly language subroutine. The first program shows a
- way to code the assembly routine into the program itself. The second reads
- the values from a file. Be sure to read the warnings in the BASIC manual
- concerning assembly language subroutines and for a complete description of
- how they work.
-
- ;
- ; interpreter basic
- ; assembly language subroutine for ASM
- ; no jumps within the program allowed
- ; code must be relocatable
- bdos equ 5
- org 0100h
- push h ;address for the result
- mvi c,019h ;current default disk?
- call bdos
- pop h
- mov m,a
- inx h
- mvi m,0 ;clear the high byte
- ret
- end
-
- In the first program the values used are derived by taking the bytes
- from the assembly listing in groups of two and reversing the order of each
- 2-byte group.
-
- 10 DEFINT A-Z
- 20 DIM SUB(5)
- 30 FOR I=0 TO 5:READ SUB(I):NEXT
- 40 DATA &H0EE5,&HCD19&H0005,&H77E1,&H3623&HC900
- 50 SUBROUTINE=VARPTR(sub(0)):CALL SUBROUTINE (I)
- 60 PRINT"Default disk is "I
-
- In this example we read a file to get the values. With this method
- the code must not be more than 128 bytes unless the maximum record length is
- changed to 256.
-
- 10 DEFINT A-Z
- 20 OPEN"r",1,"A:BASEXMPL.COM"
- 30 GET 1
- 40 IF EOF(1) THEN PRINT"No file":STOP
- 50 SUBROUTINE=VARPTR(#1)
- 60 CALL SUBROUTINE (I)
- 70 PRINT"Default disk is "I
- 80 CLOSE 1
- = MGDEI =
- Switching MBASIC output and input devices
- -----
- June 9, 1982 #12
-
- Question: How do I access the ports using CP/M MBASIC and how do I
- switch the printout from the terminal to the printer?
-
- Answer: CP/M only provides two logical devices for normal useage
- and MBASIC supports each with a specific command. The LST: device is output
- only and is supported with the LPRINT command. The CON: device is supported
- by the PRINT and INPUT commands. If you wish to have output that goes to
- either the printer or the console under program control the most
- straightforward of doing this is with a status flag and two separate print
- statements. The following example uses the flag LP which is set to 1 if the
- output is to be to the printer and 0 if the output is to be to the console:
-
- 100 IF LP THEN LPRINT "Date "D$ ELSE PRINT "Date "D$
-
- There is another method which allows you access to all the physical
- devices available for the CON: and LST: logical devices and provides an
- easier way of changing where output will go. The following instructions
- should be used with extreme caution and only if you understand what is being
- done.
-
- The STAT command which changes the default assignment of physical
- device to logical device:
-
- A>STAT logical device:=physical device:
-
- can be used to send output of a program that normally goes to the console or
- to send the output of a program that normally goes to the printer to the
- console. This procedure is very flexible. These are some examples:
-
- A>STAT CON:=UC1: (INPUT from CRT:, PRINT to LST:)
-
- A>STAT LST:=CRT: (LPRINT to CRT:)
-
- A>STAT CON:=TTY: (INPUT from TTY:, PRINT to TTY:)
-
- A>STAT LST:=TTY: (LPRINT to TTY:)
- = MGDF =
- HMS-89?7-4 CP/M BASIC-80 compiler
- -----
- August 18, 1984 #166
-
- Question: Why is it that sometimes input characters are lost while
- I am running a compiled BASIC program and sometimes I cannot get the output
- to pause with CTRL S or the program to stop with CTRL C as described in the
- manual? Is there a way around these problems?
-
- Answer: The CTRL C is always ignored when using INKEY$ or INPUT$.
- The other two symptoms are the result of the same problem. The Microsoft
- BASIC compilers for CP/M use direct console input for all input and normal
- console output for all output. According to Digital Research CP/M
- documentation it is not valid to mix direct console functions with any other
- console function.
-
- The lost character occurs when a character is output because CP/M
- reads a character to check for the CTRL S. If it is not CTRL S then CP/M
- holds on to it until the next normal console input. A direct console input
- will not get this character so it is lost. Since CP/M already has a
- character which is not CTRL S then it will no longer check for CTRL S so it
- no longer works.
-
- The workaround for these problems is to deliberately cause a
- character to be lost right at the start and to check for the CTRL S and CTRL
- C manually. The following program demonstrates this procedure.
-
- 10 print"type carriage return immediately"
- 20 for i=0 to 2000:next
- 30 print"now that character is lost"
- 40 char$=""
- 50 while char$<>chr$(3)
- 60 print"type ctrl s to pause or ctrl c to stop"
- 70 char$=inkey$
- 80 if char$=chr$(19) then char$=input$(1)
- 90 wend
- 100 print"good bye"
- -----
- February 11, 1983 #22
-
- Question: How do I include assembly language subroutines with an
- MBASIC program when I am using the compiler?
-
- Answer: The following simple MBASIC program demonstrates how to
- call assembly language subroutines.
-
- A file called BASEXMPL.BAS contains the following program.
-
- 10 defint a-z
- 20 CALL DEFDSK (I)
- 30 PRINT"Default disk is "I
-
- A file called DEFDSK.MAC contains the following program.
-
- ;
- ; sample basic assembly language subroutine for compiler
- ; this program expects an integer argument
- ;
- bdos equ 5
- defdsk::
- push h ;save address for the returned result
- mvi c,019h ;what is the current default disk?
- call bdos
- pop h
- mov m,a
- inx h
- xra a
- mov m,a
- ret
- end
-
- The following commands will assemble, compile, link and run the
- program.
-
- m80 defdsk,defdsk=defdsk
- bascom basexmpl,basexmpl=basexmpl
- l80 basexmpl,defdsk,basexmpl/n/e
- basexmpl
- = MGDG =
- Extended Benton Harbor BASIC
- -----
- May 21, 1982 #11
-
- Question: Why do I get the message "!ERROR - Syntax error At Line
- ?" when trying to read a file in Extended Benton Harbor Basic?
-
- Answer: Extended Benton Harbor BASIC requires that the input line
- of data have exactly the same format as if input from the keyboard. The
- most common problem is that the file was written with the command:
-
- PRINT#1,4,A,"TEST",B,C
-
- The correct command would include the necessary commas to create the proper
- input format as follows:
-
- PRINT#1,"4,"A",TEST,"B","C
- = MGE =
- FORTRAN languages
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - MS-463-2 Z-100 FORTRAN-86 06/28/84 2k
- B - HMS-89?7-2 CP/M FORTRAN-80 04/26/83 3k
- * - Download all the menu categories 5k
- = MGEA =
- MS-463-2 Z-100 FORTRAN-86
- -----
- June 28, 1984 #42
-
- Question: The FORTRAN manual is not very clear on how list-directed
- I/O is done. Could you please clarify this?
-
- Answer: The following example program demosntrates the use of list-
- directed I/O. Note the use of the * in place of the format statement.
-
- program listio
- C first show the usual way I/O is done
- write(*,'(1x,''(3i5)?'',\)')
- read(*,'(3i5)')i,j,k
- write(*,'(1x,3i5)')i,j,k
- C then show the way list-directed I/O is done
- write(*,'(1x,''(*,*)?''\)')
- read(*,*)i,j,k
- write(*,*)i,j,k
- end
-
- The normal method of formatted input requires an exact number of
- spaces to fill the input field. The list-directed method allows you to
- separate the values with commas instead.
- -----
- May 23, 1984 #80
-
- Question: How do I access the printer under Z-DOS FORTRAN?
-
- Answer: Open a file using any unit specifier greater than 0, and
- for the filename, use the Z-DOS print device logical name PRN.
-
- I=5
- OPEN(1,FILE='PRN')
- WRITE(1,100)I
- 100 FORMAT(1X,'The Value of I = ',I4)
- CLOSE(1)
- STOP
- END
-
- NOTE: FORTRAN begins each line output to a file with a carriage
- return/linefeed sequence. Some printers require this sequence before
- outputting data in their buffer, therefore in cases using these printers
- with FORTRAN, a dummy line must be output before closing the PRN file. Such
- as:
-
- . . . . . .
- . . . . . .
- WRITE(1,10)
- 10 FORMAT(1X)
- CLOSE(1)
- . . . . . .
- -----
- April 6, 1984 #76
-
- Question: How do I output control characters to the CRT from a
- FORTRAN-86 program?
-
- Answer: The following program demonstrates output of control
- characters using the ESC code to generate reverse video from a FORTRAN
- program.
-
- CHARACTER ESC
- ESC=27
- WRITE(*,100)ESC,ESC
- 100 FORMAT(1X,A1,'pTEST',A1,'q')
- END
- = MGEB =
- HMS-89?7-2 CP/M FORTRAN-80
- -----
- April 26, 1983 #24
-
- Question: What would it take to convert FORTRAN data files to a
- format that can be used by CP/M ED or any other CP/M editor?
-
- Answer: The following program will read a file that is either
- FORTRAN format or CP/M format and write a file converted to the other
- format.
-
- program convrt
- logical buf(127),fname(11)
- write(1,10)
- 10 format(1x'Input file name? ')
- read(1,20)fname
- 20 format(11a1)
- call open(6,fname,0)
- write(1,11)
- 11 format(1x'Output file name? ')
- read(1,20)fname
- call open(7,fname,0)
- call read(buf,j)
- if(j.lt.0)goto 99
- k=2
- buf(1)=10
- write(7,30)(buf(i),i=k,j)
- call read(buf,j)
- if(j.lt.0)goto 99
- k=1
- if (buf(2).eq.10)k=3
- 25 write(7,30)(buf(i),i=k,j)
- 30 format(127a1)
- call read(buf,j)
- if(j.lt.0)goto 99
- goto 25
- 99 continue
- buf(2)=26
- if (k.eq.1)write(7,31)(buf(i),i=1,2)
- 31 format(2a1)
- endfile 7
- stop
- end
- subroutine read(buf,i)
- logical buf(127)
- read(6,30,end=99)(buf(i),i=2,127)
- 30 format(127a1)
- do 35 j=1,127
- i=127-j
- if(buf(i).ne.32)goto 36
- 35 continue
- 36 return
- 99 i=-1
- return
- end
- -----
- December 16, 1982 #18
-
- Question: How do I output control characters to the CRT from a
- FORTRAN program?
-
- Answer: The following program demonstrates using reverse video
- from a FORTRAN program.
-
- INTEGER*1 ESC
- ESC=27
- WRITE(1,100)ESC,ESC
- 100 FORMAT(1X,A1,'pTEST',A1,'q')
- END
- -----
- April 5, 1982 #10
-
- Question: Why can't I create a CP/M ED file with a FORTRAN program?
- (A similar question is why can't I read a CP/M EDfile with a FORTRAN
- program?)
-
- Answer: A record in a standard CP/M file is terminated with a
- Carriage Return (CR-0DH) and a Line Feed (LF-0AH). FORTRAN files on the
- other hand have only the CR terminating the record. This means that CP/M
- will see most FORTRAN files as one big record and FORTRAN will see most CP/M
- files as having an extra character (LF) at the beginning of each record,
- except the first, and an extra blank record at the end of the file.
-
- There are two main ways to correct this problem. You can either
- have the FORTRAN program take into account the file differences or you can
- write a special conversion program to convert a file into the different
- formats.
- = MGF =
- COBOL languages
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - MS-463-3 Z-100 COBOL-86 09/06/84 1k
- B - HMS-8?7-3 CP/M COBOL-80 12/05/84 12k
- C - HMS-8?7-31 HDOS COBOL-80 12/29/83 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 14k
- = MGFA =
- MS-463-3 Z-100 COBOL-86
- -----
- April 6, 1984 #77
-
- Question: How can I output terminal control codes from COBOL-86?
-
- Answer: The following program gives a simple demonstration of the
- use of terminal control codes.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. CHRTST.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 ASC-ESC PIC 99 COMP-0 VALUE 27.
- 01 FILLER REDEFINES ASC-ESC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X.
- 02 CHR-ESC PIC X.
- 01 CHR-F.
- 02 CHR-ESCF PIC X.
- 02 FILLER PIC X VALUE 'F'.
- 01 CHR-G.
- 02 CHR-ESCG PIC X.
- 02 FILLER PIC X VALUE 'G'.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- MAINLINE-START.
- DISPLAY 'graphics characters'.
- MOVE CHR-ESC TO CHR-ESCF.
- MOVE CHR-ESC TO CHR-ESCG.
- DISPLAY CHR-F.
- DISPLAY 'fac'.
- DISPLAY "`b`".
- DISPLAY 'ead'.
- DISPLAY CHR-G.
- DISPLAY 'normal characters'.
- MAINLINE-STOP.
- STOP RUN.
- = MGFB =
- HMS-8?7-3 CP/M COBOL-80
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - CP/M file functions usage example." 12/05/84 2k
- B - How to use the DEBUG procedure 02/14/84 1k
- C - Run-time error reading files not created by COBOL 12/29/83 1k
- D - Using escape codes from COBOL 06/08/83 1k
- E - Example of printer output from COBOL 01/13/83 5k
- F - Example of program CHAINing 12/23/82 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 11k
- = MGFBA =
- CP/M file functions usage example.
- -----
- December 5, 1984 #179
-
- Question: Could you describe how to use the functions mentioned in
- Appendix D (Page 59) of the COBOL-80 version 4.6 Software User's Guide?
-
- Answer: The following program demonstrates the use of the FILENQ
- function. The arguments and operation of the other functions is essentially
- the same. It is important to note that a CP/M file name should be followed
- by a space in order to guarantee proper operation. This is particularly
- true if there is not a three letter extension to the file name. The COBOL
- file system ignores the case of the letters of the file name and always uses
- the CP/M standard uppercase.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. FILETEST.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 FILE-NAME PIC X(20).
- 01 FILE-STATUS PIC XX.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- MAINLINE-START.
- DISPLAY 'Input the file name to test.'.
- ACCEPT FILE-NAME.
- CALL 'FILENQ' USING FILE-STATUS FILE-NAME.
- IF FILE-STATUS = '00'
- DISPLAY 'FILE EXISTS'
- ELSE IF FILE-STATUS = '30'
- DISPLAY 'FILE DOES NOT EXIST'
- ELSE
- DISPLAY 'FILE-STATUS' FILE-STATUS.
- MAINLINE-STOP.
- EXIT PROGRAM.
- = MGFBB =
- How to use the DEBUG procedure
- -----
- February 14, 1984 #33
-
- Question: Could you please explain the proper use of the DEBUG
- procedure available on the COBOL-80 update (version 4.6)?
-
- Answer: The DEBUG procedure is used by linking in the DEBUG.REL
- file into the COBOL program. When this is done and the program is run it
- begins in DEBUG mode. Nothing else is changed in the program or the
- compile. The L80 command would be as follows:
-
- L80 PROG,DEBUG,PROG/N/E
-
- instead of the usual:
-
- L80 PROG,PROG/N/E
-
- where PROG is the name of the program.
- = MGFBC =
- Run-time error reading files not created by COBOL
- -----
- December 29, 1983 #32
-
- Question: How do I solve the problem flagged as a run-time error
- when reading a COBOL sequential file created by a text editor or word
- processor?
-
- Answer: There are two ways to solve this problem:
-
- a. Use the "organization is line-sequential" clause in the select statement.
- b. Use the SEQCVT program to convert your files from line-sequential to
- sequential format.
- = MGFBD =
- Using escape codes from COBOL
- -----
- June 8, 1983 #26
-
- Question: How can I output terminal control codes from COBOL?
-
- Answer: The following program gives a simple demonstration of the
- use of terminal control codes.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. CHRTST.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 ASC-ESC PIC 99 COMP VALUE 27.
- 01 FILLER REDEFINES ASC-ESC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X.
- 02 CHR-ESC PIC X.
- 01 CHR-F.
- 02 CHR-ESCF PIC X.
- 02 FILLER PIC X VALUE 'F'.
- 01 CHR-G.
- 02 CHR-ESCG PIC X.
- 02 FILLER PIC X VALUE 'G'.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- MAINLINE-START.
- DISPLAY 'graphics characters'.
- MOVE CHR-ESC TO CHR-ESCF.
- MOVE CHR-ESC TO CHR-ESCG.
- DISPLAY CHR-F.
- DISPLAY 'fac'.
- DISPLAY "`b`".
- DISPLAY 'ead'.
- DISPLAY CHR-G.
- DISPLAY 'normal characters'.
- MAINLINE-STOP.
- STOP RUN.
- = MGFBE =
- Example of printer output from COBOL
- -----
- January 13, 1983 #20
-
- Question: Could you give a complete example of how to send
- information to the printer from a COBOL program?
-
- Answer: The following two examples show all the basic structure
- required to send information to the printer using two different methods. It
- also demonstrates reading a CP/M format file.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. READ1.
- * This program will read any ASCII CP/M format file and
- * display it on the LST: device using the DISPLAY verb
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- CONFIGURATION SECTION.
- SPECIAL-NAMES.
- PRINTER IS LST-DEVICE.
- INPUT-OUTPUT SECTION.
- FILE-CONTROL.
- SELECT IN-FILE ASSIGN TO DISK
- STATUS FILE-FLAG
- ACCESS SEQUENTIAL
- ORGANIZATION LINE SEQUENTIAL.
- DATA DIVISION.
- FILE SECTION.
- FD IN-FILE
- VALUE OF FILE-ID FILE-NAME
- LABEL RECORD STANDARD.
- 01 FILE-REC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X(80).
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 FILE-FLAG PIC XX.
- 01 FILE-NAME PIC X(20).
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- START-STOP SECTION.
- START-RUN.
- ACCEPT FILE-NAME.
- OPEN INPUT IN-FILE.
- PERFORM READ-FILE
- UNTIL FILE-FLAG = "10".
- CLOSE IN-FILE.
- STOP-RUN.
- STOP RUN.
- READ-FILE SECTION.
- READ-FILE-START.
- READ IN-FILE.
- IF FILE-FLAG = "00"
- DISPLAY FILE-REC UPON LST-DEVICE.
- READ-FILE-STOP.
- EXIT.
-
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. READ2.
- * This program will read any ASCII CP/M format file and
- * display it on the LST: device using the WRITE verb
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- INPUT-OUTPUT SECTION.
- FILE-CONTROL.
- SELECT IN-FILE ASSIGN TO DISK
- STATUS FILE-FLAG
- ACCESS SEQUENTIAL
- ORGANIZATION LINE SEQUENTIAL.
- SELECT PRINT-FILE ASSIGN TO PRINTER.
- DATA DIVISION.
- FILE SECTION.
- FD IN-FILE
- VALUE OF FILE-ID FILE-NAME
- LABEL RECORD STANDARD.
- 01 FILE-REC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X(80).
- FD PRINT-FILE
- LABEL RECORD OMITTED.
- 01 PRINT-REC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X(80).
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 FILE-FLAG PIC XX.
- 01 FILE-NAME PIC X(20).
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- START-STOP SECTION.
- START-RUN.
- ACCEPT FILE-NAME.
- OPEN INPUT IN-FILE.
- OPEN OUTPUT PRINT-FILE.
- PERFORM READ-FILE
- UNTIL FILE-FLAG = "10".
- CLOSE IN-FILE.
- CLOSE PRINT-FILE.
- STOP-RUN.
- STOP RUN.
- READ-FILE SECTION.
- READ-FILE-START.
- READ IN-FILE.
- IF FILE-FLAG = "00"
- WRITE PRINT-REC FROM FILE-REC.
- READ-FILE-STOP.
- EXIT.
- = MGFBF =
- Example of program CHAINing
- -----
- December 23, 1982 #19
-
- Question: Could you give a complete example of how to CHAIN from
- one COBOL program to another while passing arguments?
-
- Answer: The following simple example shows all the basic structure
- required to chain a COBOL program while passing arguments.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. CHAIN1.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 CHAIN-ARG PIC XXXXXX VALUE 'chain1'.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- START-RUN.
- DISPLAY 'chain1 start'.
- CHAIN 'CHAIN2.COM ' USING CHAIN-ARG.
- DISPLAY 'program does not return'
- STOP RUN.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. CHAIN2.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 CHAIN-ARG PIC XXXXXX.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION CHAINING CHAIN-ARG.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- START-RUN.
- DISPLAY 'chain2 start'.
- DISPLAY CHAIN-ARG.
- DISPLAY 'chain2 stop'.
- STOP RUN.
- = MGFC =
- HMS-8?7-31 HDOS COBOL-80
- -----
- December 29, 1983 #30
-
- Question: When using my new HDOS COBOL Compiler, the screen output
- does not appear to be working correctly. I use direct cursor addressing a
- great deal and my data is not going where I expect on the screen.
-
- Answer: Because HDOS uses device driver I/O, you must use the SET
- program to adjust the terminal width to 255. The command line to do this
- is: "SET TT:WIDTH 255". Some other options for this command can be found
- in Table E of Chapter II, HDOS System General Operations Manual.
- = MGG =
- PASCAL languages
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - MS-463-5 Z-100 PASCAL-86 12/14/84 3k
- B - DR-253-5 PASCAL MT+ 12/17/83 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 4k
- = MGGA =
- MS-463-5 Z-100 PASCAL-86
- -----
- February 14, 1984 #75
-
- Question: How does one perform direct console I/O using PASCAL-86?
-
- Answer: The PASCAL-86 equivalent of direct console i/o is the
- terminal mode file. The following sample program demonstrates the terminal
- mode file. It clears the screen and echoes all characters typed until CTRL
- Z is entered:
-
- PROGRAM termio;
- CONST
- esc=CHR(27);
- ctlz=CHR(26);
- nul=chr(0);
- VAR
- conin : FILE OF CHAR;
- conout: FILE OF CHAR;
- BEGIN {PROGRAM termio}
- ASSIGN(conin,'CON');
- RESET(conin);
- ASSIGN(conout,'CON');
- REWRITE(conout);
- WRITE(conout,esc,'E');
- WHILE(conin^<>ctlz) DO
- BEGIN
- IF(conin^<>nul) THEN
- BEGIN
- conout^ := conin^;
- PUT(conout);
- END;
- GET(conin);
- END;
- END. {PROGRAM termio}
- = MGGB =
- DR-253-5 PASCAL MT+
- -----
- December 17, 1983 #27
-
- Question: When using PASCAL/MT+ I sometimes get 'undefined
- symbol(s)' when linking my program.
-
- Answer: In all probability, your program references a function not
- found in PASLIB.ERL... See page 2-15 of the Programmer's Guide for a list of
- functions and their corresponding .ERL files that must be present on the
- disk and must be included in the link command line.
-
- For instance, if you were to link the sample RANDOM I/O program on page 7-14
- without including the module RANDOMIO.ERL, two undefined symbols, SEEKWRITE
- and SEEKREAD would be flagged. Therefore, the proper syntax would be:
-
- LINKMT MYPRO,RANDOMINO,PASLIB/S
- = MGH =
- Assembly languages
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Z-DOS MASM86 01/10/84 3k
- B - HDOS ASM 12/29/84 1k
- C - MS-DOS version 2 Programmers Utility Pack 01/18/85 4k
- * - Download all the menu categories 8k
- = MGHA =
- Z-DOS MASM86
- -----
- January 10, 1984 #72
-
- Question: Given an X, Y coordinate, how can I access a single pixel
- on the Z-100 video screen within an assembly language program?
-
- Answer: The first thing that must be done is to enable access to
- video memory. This is done by reading port OD8H, ANDing the value read with
- O7FH and then writing the result back to port OD8H.
-
- The next step is to form the address of the byte containing the
- desired pixel from the X,Y coordinate. The video display is organized as
- 640 pixels or 80 bytes horizontally, by 225 pixels vertically. The 225
- vertical lines are organized into 25 rows of 9 scan lines each. Assuming
- that the X ordinate is in the range 0 to 639 and the Y ordinate 0 to 224,
- the 16 bit address can be formed by first dividing the X ordinate by 8,
- saving the remainder and storing the result in bit positions 0 through 6 of
- the address. Next, the Y ordinate should be divided by 9, the remainder
- placed in bit positions 7 through 10, and the result in positions 11 through
- 15 of the address. This resulting address will point to the byte within a
- particular color plane containing the pixel. The remainder from the X
- divide by 8 operations performed above can be used to obtain the bit
- position of the pixel within that byte. The color planes are 64K each, with
- green being at segment EOOOH, red at DOOOH and blue at COOOH. The diagram
- below shows the different fields and their positions within the address.
-
- 15 11 10 7 6 0
-
- Row Line Column
- 0 - 24 0 - 8 0 - 79
-
- The code fragment given below will accomplish the task of "turning
- on" a pixel in the color plane pointed to by register ES. The X ordinate of
- the pixel is passed in register BX, and the Y-ordinate in register AX.
-
- MOV DL,0111B
- AND DL,BL ;DL = Remainder of X/8
- MOV CL,3
- SHR BX,CL ;BX = X/8
- MOV DI,BX ;Save result (bits 0-6)
- MOV BL,9
- DIV BL ;Divide Y by 9
- XCHG AL,AH ;AH=result, AL=remainder
- MOV BX,AX
- AND BX,OFH ;Isolate line number
- MOV CL,7
- SHL BX,CL ;Move it into position
- AND AX,1FOOH ;Isolate row number
- MOV CL,3
- SHL AX,CL ;Move it into position
- OR AX,BX
- OR DI,AX ;DI = complete address
- MOV AL,80H
- MOV CL,DL ;CL = remainder from X/8
- SHR AL,CL ;AL = pixel mask
- OR ES:[DI],AL ;Turn pixel on
- = MGHB =
- HDOS ASM
- -----
- December 29, 1983 #29
-
- Question: When I try to assemble the demo program in the HDOS
- assembly language section I get errors. What am I doing wrong?
-
- Answer: There is a statement containing XTEXT HDOS at the beginning
- of the program. This tells the assembler to search for the file HDOS.ACM.
- This file doesn't exist and causes a "U" error to occur at locations in the
- program. The HDOS.ACM file has been split into three separate files. The
- solution is to change the XTEXT HDOS line to the follwoing:
-
- XTEXT HOSDEF
- XTEXT HOSEQU
- XTEXT ASCII
- = MGHC =
- MS-DOS version 2 Programmers Utility Pack
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Assembling Z-DOS programs that use DEFMS.ASM 01/18/85 1k
- B - Additional information for implementing Z-100 BIOS 12/27/84 2k
- * - Download all the menu categories 3k
- = MGHCA =
- Assembling Z-DOS programs that use DEFMS.ASM
- -----
- January 18, 1985 #182
-
- Question: What changes are necessary to assemble programs that were
- originally intended to be assembled using the Z-DOS DEFMS.ASM include file?
-
- Answer: The DEFMS.ASM include file on the Programmer's Utility Pack
- is not the same as the one used under Z-DOS. The closest replacement is to
- include instead the MSDOS.DEF file. This is sufficient if you are using
- only standard MS-DOS functions. If you are also using BIOS functions, then
- you would also include the DEFBIOS.ASM file. There is no include file on
- the Programmer's Utility Pack for the little used symbols which begin with
- DPT_? and DSKE_? as found in the Z-DOS file.
- = MGI =
- Communications programs
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - CB 463-7 CPS-86 06/27/84 4k
- B - SF-9503 HDOS-CP/M CPS 01/05/84 1k
- C - SF-9103, SFS-9103 CP/M CPS 01/05/84 3k
- * - Download all the menu categories 8k
- = MGIA =
- CB-463-7 CPS-86
- -----
- June 27, 1984 #40
-
- Question: How can I use the J1 port with CPS?
-
- Answer: This patch is used to convert the communications port of CPS
- from the modem port (J2) to the printer port (J1). However, the patch does
- not convert the printer echo option (F5) to use the modem port. The patch
- requires the following programs.
-
- A. Bootable system disk with DEBUG.COM
- B. Licensed backup copy of CPS.EXE (located on default drive)
-
- Complete the following steps to implement the patch. If old data does not
- match the data shown in the patch list, the patch should not be attempted.
-
- After patching the newly generated program can be accessed by typing the
- following at the system prompt.
-
- A>cpsprn <cr>
-
- NOTE: Heath/Zenith Data Systems is under no obligation for support or
- correction of resulting effects from this patch. The same warranties and
- disclaimers apply to this patch as are stated on the NOTICE page of your CPS
- manual.
-
- 1. Boot the system.
- 2. Type at the system prompt:
-
- A>copy cps.exe cpsprn <cr>
-
- 3. Enter the debug program by typing:
-
- A>debug cpsprn <cr>
-
- 4. At the debug prompt, type:
-
- >d <cr>
-
- 5. The following data should be displayed on the screen. If the data does
- not match exactly, the patch cannot be done.
-
- debug cpsprn
-
- DEBUG version 1.08
- >d
- ... .....5.
- 09C9:0110 2C 01 FC 39 00 00 CF 02-1C 00 00 00 19 1C 00 00 ,.|9..O.........
- 09C9:0120 01 00 CF 02 3A 07 CF 02-65 OD CF 02 C3 14 CF 02 ..O...O.e.O.C.O.
- 09C9:0130 04 15 CF 02 7F 15 CF 02-F6 2F CF 02 71 30 CF 02 ..O...O.v/O.qOO.
- 09C9:0140 5C 32 CF 02 87 33 CF 02-A8 36 CF 02 D8 37 CF 02 O..3O.(6O.X7O.
- O.,MO.
- 09C9:0160 3A 4D CF 02 48 4D CF 02-56 4D CF 02 A3 4D CF 02 :MO.HMO.VMO.#MO.
- 09C9:0170 BB 4D CF 02 00 00 00 00-00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ;MO.............
-
- 6. Using debug's EXCHANGE function change the contents at the following
- addresses.
-
- >E(address) <CR>
- XXXX:(address) (old data).(new data) <CR>
-
- address old new data
-
- 112 FC 48
- 113 39 5E
- 3036 16 12
- 303B 14 10
- 3630 EF EB
- 3634 EF EB
- 3639 EF EB
- 363D EF EB
- 7025 ED E9
- 7030 EC E8
- 703E EF EB
- 7042 EF EB
- 7054 EF EB
- 705B EF EB
- 705D ED E9
- 7061 EF EB
- 7072 EC E8
- 7074 EF EB
- 7078 EF EB
- 70CC EF EB
- 70CE EF EB
- 70E2 EE EA
- 70EA EE EA
- 70EE EF EB
- 70F0 EC E8
- 70F2 EC E8
- 7CCA 14 10
- 7CCF 16 12
- 7D13 14 10
- 7D1A 16 12
-
- 7. At the debug prompt, type:
-
- >w <cr>
-
- 8. At the debug prompt, type:
-
- >q <cr>
-
- 9. At the System DOS prompt, type:
-
- A>rename cpsprn cpsprn.exe <cr>
-
- This completes the conversion patch. Label the disk and test the program.
- If it does not run correctly, verify the steps and recheck the data.
- = MGIB =
- SF-9503 HDOS-CP/M CPS
- -----
- January 5, 1984 #43
-
- Question: How can I make my Z-89/Z-90 version of CPS use parity
- checking, a different word size or a different number of stop bits during
- its communication?
-
- Answer: The following patch can be implemented in an unmodified
- copy of CPS (model SF-9503) running under CP/M. In the example shown below,
- CPS is configured for one stop bit, even parity, and a seven bit word
- length. User input is shown in bold.
-
- A> REN CPSOLD.COM = CPS.COM
- A>DDT CPSOLD.COM
- DDT VERS 2.2
- NEXT PC
- 3100 0100
- -S2343
- 2343 CA 00
- 2344 48 00
- 2345 23 AF
- 2346 OE OE
- 2347 04 00 (00=1 stop bit, 04=2 stop bits)
- 2348 3E B1
- B2349 08 OE
- 234A D6 18 (00=no parity, 08=odd parity, 18=even parity)
- 234B 05 B1
- 234C E6 OE
- 234D 03 02 (03-8 bit word length, 02=7 bit word length,
- 01=6 bit word length, 00=5 bit word length)
- 234E B1
- - GO
- A>SAVE 48 CPS.COM
- A>
- = MGIC =
- SF-9103, SFS-9103 CP/M CPS
- -----
- January 5, 1984 #44
-
- Question: I have the CP/M version of CPS (SF-9103 and SFS-9103) and
- I am trying to interface to a computer that requires other than 8 bit word
- length, 2 stop bits and no parity (the default setting). Is there any way
- that I can do this.
-
- Answer: CPS can be set for various other combinations of word
- length, parity and stop bits with the use of DDT. If you are unfamiliar with
- the operation of DDT then refer to your CP/M manual and familiarize yourself
- with the S (Substitute) command. To modify the CP/M version of CPS use the
- following procedure:
-
- Type: DDT CPS.COM
- (use patches as listed below)
- ^C (CTRL-C)
- SAVE 49 CPSNEW.COM
-
- CPSNEW.COM is now a version of CPS configured for your needs.
-
- Data Parity Stop bits
- 8 odd 1
- -S2299
- 2299 03 0B
- 229A 3A .
- 8 odd 2
- -S0143
- 0143 01 02
- 0144 00 .
- -S22A3
- 22A3 07 0F
- 22A4 79 .
- 8 even 1
- -S2299
- 2299 03 1B
- 229A 3A .
- 8 even 2
- -S0143
- 0143 01 02
- 0144 00 .
- -S22A3
- 22A3 07 1F
- 22A4 79 .
- 7 odd 1
- -S2299
- 2299 03 0A
- 229A 3A .
- 7 odd 2
- -S0143
- 0143 01 02
- 0144 00 .
- -S22A3
- 22A3 07 0E
- 22A4 00 .
- 7 even 1
- -S2299
- 2299 03 1A
- 229A 3A .
- 7 even 2
- -S0143
- 0143 01 02
- 0144 00 .
- -S22A3
- 22A3 07 1E
- 22A4 79 .
- = MH =
- General computer hardware related information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Printer related information 01/02/85 31k
- B - Z89/90 computer related information 04/06/82 1k
- C - Z100 computer related information 02/14/84 34k
- * - Download all menu categories 66k
- = MHA =
- Printer related information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Block graphics characters with the OKI-83-A 04/14/84 1k
- B - Use of the new Diablo 630 API model WH-54-B 02/14/84 2k
- C - Serial Diablo 630 bidirectional printing 01/23/84 3k
- D - MX-80 hardware handshaking signals explained 12/29/83 2k
- E - Setup for MX-80 with 8145 interface and/or Graftrax 09/02/82 2k
- F - Problems with MX-80 and graphics 06/09/82 1k
- G - Printer or any setup using escape codes 12/23/83 3k
- H - Using the MPI printers with the Z-150 computers 12/05/84 1k
- I - Printer setup information 01/02/85 15k
- * - Download all menu categories 30k
- = MHAA =
- Block graphics characters with the OKI-83-A
- -----
- April 14, 1984
-
- Question: Why can't I get the block graphics characters to work
- with my OKI-83-A printer?
-
- Answer: The Okidata printer as shipped by Zenith has the OKIGRAPH I
- option installed. According to the manual included with the printer the bit
- graphics option disables the block graphics as well as several other
- options.
- = MHAB =
- Use of the new Diablo 630 API model WH-54-B
- -----
- February 14, 1984
-
- Question: Could you please explain the use of the new Diablo 630
- API model WH-54-B?
-
- Answer: The new Diablo has the ability to support both parallel and
- serial operation. All that is required to change is the cable and a front
- panel switch. This switch appears to be undocumented. (switch 8 far right
- hand side under the cover, up is parallel, down is serial). The cable
- included with the printer is for parallel use only on the Z100 (it can't
- work on the Z-89-11, there is no available cable for this type of
- operation). The Z-89/90 will run the printer in serial mode, but the serial
- cable is currently only available directly from Diablo. The Diablo part
- number for the serial cable is 320781-01.
-
- The configuration for parallel operation is just the standard
- centronics settings. The configuration for serial operation can be used
- identical to the old diablo. A far superior method of operation is to set
- the dip switches on the printer for 2400 baud (right 2 and 3 up) and printer
- ready (DTR ready high) hardware handshaking (right 7 up) and set CONFIGUR
- accordingly.
- = MHAC =
- Serial Diablo 630 bidirectional printing
- -----
- January 23, 1984
-
- Question: The Diablo 630 has the ability to do automatic
- bidirectional printing. Why doesn't it do this with any of the Heath/Zenith
- operating systems?
-
- Answer: In order for the Diablo to do automatic bidirectional
- printing it must be receiving plenty of characters, at a high speed. The
- current implementations of the ETX/ACK protocol almost never allow this to
- occur. The only way to make full use of the 760 character buffer (minimum)
- of the Diablo is to use it in a hardware handshaking configuration. The
- Diablo can be adapted for hardware handshaking with satisfying results.
- These instructions apply only to the Diablo 630 R/O model WH-54. This
- procedure can not be used with the new Diablo 630 API model WH-54-B now
- being sold.
-
- DISCLAIMER
-
- Any changes the user makes to their own hardware or software are solely
- their own responsibility. Even though these changes have been tested and
- are only suggested because they are not too difficult to perform Software
- Consultation is not responsible for any problems that may occur. Beware
- that these changes may not apply to your specific printer. Do not make any
- changes unless you are confident that you can perform them successfully and
- are willing to accept all responsibility for the results.
-
- Changes
-
- There are two things to change within the Diablo on the
- communications board (refer to your printer operators guide). The first is
- to place a jumper on "Option Jumper Block A60" connecting pins 5 and 6.
- Heath part number 432-1041 is suitable for this purpose. The second is to
- set "Switch Modeule A66" for 9600 baud (this is usually the factory
- setting). After these changes are made the Diablo will be doing hardware
- handshaking on pin 20 (DTR ready HIGH) and will have an optional baud rate
- of 9600 baud. These settings do not change normal operation of the Diablo
- in any way!
-
- Anytime you wish to enhance throughput of your printer change the
- front panel right hand dip switch (3 and 5 OFF) to the optional baud rate.
- Configure your operating system for 9600 baud DTR ready HIGH and you are all
- set. Changing dip switch 5 back to ON restores the normal 1200 baud. With
- this setup procedure both hardware handshaking and ETX/ACK protocol are
- active at te same time. There is no conflict if both of these protocols are
- active at the same time.
- = MHAD =
- MX-80 hardware handshaking signals explained
- -----
- December 29, 1983
-
- Question: Explain the hardware handshaking signals the MX-80 uses
- and how these signals differ between printers.
-
- Answer: The two main handshaking signals that Zenith microcomputers
- use are Data Terminal Ready which is found on pin 20 of the 25 pin
- connector, and Request To Send which is found on pin 4. The polarity of
- these signals can vary from device-to-device. The LPH14 and LPH24 drivers
- look at Request To Send for its handshaking signals. These drivers also
- expect the signals to be in a plus voltage state when the printer is busy.
- The LPMX80 device driver looks at DATA TERMINAL READY for its handshaking
- signal. It expects the signal to be at plus voltage when the printer is
- ready to accept new data. Note this is an opposite condition to that of
- LPH14 and LPH24 device drivers.
-
- From the MX80 serial interface card, you can get an inverted
- polarity signal for the printer busy condition in one of two ways. You may
- get the inverted polarity signal from pin 20 provided JNOR is removed and
- JREV has been installed on the serial interface board or you can get it from
- pin 11. You can get normal polarity out of the MX80 serial interface for
- the printer ready condition from pin 20 providing JREV is removed and JNOR
- is installed. For your given configuration it is easier to utilize the HCA-
- 10 cable, the LPMX80 driver, and DATA TERMINAL READY pin 20 handshaking with
- normal polarity by having JNOR installed and JREV removed.
-
- The latest release of our CP/M, 2.2X03, allows more flexible set up
- of your handshaking signals. Select in the CONFIGUR program with pin 4 or
- pin 20. Also choose which polarity you want.
- = MHAE =
- Setup for MX-80 with 8145 interface and/or Graftrax
- -----
- September 2, 1982
-
- Question: What is the correct way to set up the MX-80 printer with
- the 8145 interface and/or Graftrax Plus?
-
- Answer: The factory recommended settings for the Graftrax Plus CPU
- board are completely compatible with Zenith computers. You should have no
- trouble with its usage. The 8145 interface required for this option is a
- different situation. The recommended DIP switch settings for this interface
- are as follows:
-
- SW1-1 OFF SW1-2 ON \ *4800 baud recommended
- SW1-3 OFF / 9600 baud not recommended since it requires
- SW1-4 OFF / 2 stop bits not available in standard software
- SW1-5 ON \ Data ready signalled at 152 bytes
- SW1-6 ON /
- SW1-7 ON *Parity check disabled
- SW1-8 ON Even parity (don't care)
- SW2-1 OFF *8 bit data word
- SW2-2 ON \ Ready signal high
- SW2-3 OFF/
- SW2-4 ON Reverse channel valid
- * Changed from standard factory settings.
-
- The 8145 interface operates under CP/M with the same CONFIGUR
- settings as the previously used 8141. These are: Baud rate 4800,Ready
- high, Busy signal pin 20 (DTR), LST:=LPT:. No cable modifications are
- required.
-
- The LPMX80.DVD device driver from the HOS-5-UP update disk requires
- the following patches to support the 8145 interface.
-
- >PATCH
- PATCH Issue #50.06.00
- File Name? LPMX80.DVD
- Patch ID? IFOJIC
- Prerequisite Code? IFBEIADPGEFFCF
- Address? 003042
- 003042 = 345/311
- 003043 = 072/Type CTRL-D
- Address? 003314
- 003314 = 346/076
- 003315 = 357/003
- 003316 = 315/Type CTRL-D
- Address? 004127
- 004127 = 033/377
- 004130 = 104/Type CTRL-D
- Address? Type CTRL-D
- Patch Check Code? EEJIAFBF
- PATCH Issue #50.06.00
- File Name? Type CTRL-D
- = MHAF =
- Problems with MX-80 and graphics
- -----
- June 9, 1982
-
- Question: How do I get my MX-80 printer to do graphics?
-
- Answer: The MX-80 printer uses 8 bit characters to do graphics.
- Therefore the switches on the printer serial interface must be properly set
- for 8 bits. CP/M 2.2.03 handles 8 bit communication to the printer with no
- problem. HDOS 2.0 requires the LPMX80.DVD driver on the HOS-5-UP disk for 8
- bit communication. Benton Harbor BASIC requires that location 12121 which
- contains the decimal value 127 be poked with the decimal value 255. All
- other software products will work without modification.
- = MHAG =
- Printer or any setup using escape codes
- -----
- December 23, 1983 #148
-
- Question: How do I set up my printer for special features under
- software control?
-
- Answer: In HDOS, the best way to accomplish this is to set up a
- Benton Harbor (BH) BASIC program to send the necessary ESCape sequences to
- the printer , using the CHR$ function. For example, to set the H-14 printer
- to 6 lines/inch, we need to send ESC x. This can be accomplished by the BH
- Basic program lines:
-
- OPEN "LP:" FOR WRITE AS FILE #1
- PRINT 31, CHR$(27); CHR$(120)
- CLOSE #1
-
- For CP/M, follow the same basic procedure using MBASIC. With MBASIC, the
- program becomes simpler since it is not necessary to open a file for the
- printer. Use:
-
- LPRINT CHR$(27);CHR$(120)
-
- In CP/M, an alternate method for passing ESCape sequences to your printer is
- available. In the following procedure, a program is created using the "in-
- line assembler" of the CP/M utility DDT which can then be used by simply
- typing the command "PTR":
- A>DDT
- DDT Version 2.2
- -A100
- 0100 1xi h,114
- 0103 xra a
- 0104 cmp m
- 0105 jz 0
- 0108 mov e,m
- 0109 push h
- 010A mvi c,5
- 010C call 5
- 010F pop h
- 0110 inx h
- 0111 jmp 103
- 0114 .
- -S114
- 0114 31 54
- 0115 39 45
- 0116 38 53
- 0117 30 54
- 0118 2C OA
- 0119 20 OD
- 011A 44 OO
- 011B ^C
- A>SAVE 1 PTR.COM
- A:PTR
-
- a. At the A> prompt, enter the command DDT.
- b. When the prompt for DDT appears (-) type A100 for Assemble beginning at
- 100H.
- c. Enter the sequence from 100 to 114 exactly as it is listed above. The
- period is used to tell DDT that you are finished entering the program, and
- so the DDT prompt should return (-).
- d. Type S114 for Substitute beginning at 114H.
- e. Now enter the ESCape sequences (in hexidecimal) for your purposes (the
- above example will send the word TEST to the printer).
- f. When your sequence is finished, enter a 00 (the program will recognize
- this as the last character of the sequence to be sent).
- g. Type (CTRL) C to exit DDT.
- h. At the A> prompt, type SAVE 1 PTR.COM.
- i. To pass this sequence to the printer, simply type PTR after the A>
- prompt.
- = MHAH =
- Using the MPI printers with the Z-150 computers
- -----
- December 5, 1984 #180
-
- Question: Is the AP-Pak required to do graphics on an MPI printer
- with a Z-150 or Z-160 series of computer?
-
- Answer: No. The MPI printers are capable of printing graphics as
- well as text without the AP-Pak. It is necessary however to purchase the
- connecting cable separately. This cable is model number MPA-10.
- = MHAI =
- Printer setup information
- -----
- January 2, 1985
-
- Zenith Supported Printer Configuration Information
-
- This document is a summary of the standard types of information
- needed for setup of printers. A description of the standard setup for
- Zenith supported printers is also described. Other printer users would need
- to derive the same type of information found here from their printer manual.
-
- Category descriptions
-
- A brief description of each category is provided below as well as an
- explanation of any standard words, phrases or definitions that will be used.
-
- Model number
-
- All the Heath or Zenith model numbers that apply to essentially the
- same printer. Variations such as color are ingored. The following is a
- list of the printers in the order they are described:
-
- MPI-99
- MPI-150 (Parallel)
- MPI-150 (with MPI-150-2 serial adapter)
- MX-80 (Parallel)
- MX-80 (with MX-80-2 serial interface)
- MX-80-A (Parallel)
- MX-80-A (with MX-80-3 buffered serial interface)
- OKI-83-A
- WH-14, H-14
- WH-24
- WH-34
- WH-36
- WH-44
- WH-44-A
- WH-54
- WH-54-A
- WH-54-B
- WH-55
- WH-64 (Parallel)
- WH-64 (Serial)
- WH-84
- Z-25, H-25, Z-125, H-125
-
- Printer name
-
- The common name that is usually used to refer to the printer. This
- usually includes the manufacturers name and model number.
-
- Printer type
-
- Whether the printer is 'Dot-matrix' or uses a printwheel to form its
- characters. Also whether the printer is essentially 'ASCII only' or has
- special graphics characters or graphics ability.
-
- Interface type
-
- Whether the communications interface is serial or parallel.
- Particularly if it is serial there will be additional information on
- recommended baud rate, data bits, parity, stop bits and handshaking
- protocol. Only the following handshaking types are recognized:
-
- None
- Software handshaking
- DC1/DC3 (XON/XOFF or CTRL S - CTRL Q)
- ETX/ACK (Diablo)
- Hardware handshaking
- RTS Positive (CTS Positive or ready high)
- RTS Negative (CTS Negative or ready low)
- DTR Positive (DSR Positive or ready high)
- DTR Negative (DSR Negative or ready low)
-
- Connector type
-
- The type of connector found on the printer. For parallel printers
- this would usually be a Centronics standard connector. For serial printers
- this would usually be DB25 DTE(male) standard. All other types are not
- normal for a printer though many manufacturers use them. A connector may be
- directly attached to the printer or on an attached cable. Only the following
- connector types are recognized:
-
- Nonstandard
- Centronics
- DB25 DTE(male)
- DB25 DCE(female)
- DB25 DTE(male) nonstandard
- DB25 DCE(female) nonstandard
-
- Connecting cable
-
- The model number of any cable necessary to hook up the printer. A
- list is given for each machine. The notation 'NA' means that no cable is
- available for that configuration. The normal printer port referred to is
- described as follows:
-
- Z89 serial port 340
- Z89-11 parallel
- Z100 serial port J1
- Z100 parallel port J3
- Z150 serial port COM2
- Z150 parallel port LPT1
-
- The normal cable options are:
-
- HCA-10, male to male, straight through
- HCA-11, male to female, straight through (standard)
- HCA-12, female to female, straight through
- HCA-14, Z89-11 Centronics
- HCA-20, Z100 Centronics (same as HCA-53)
- HCA-51, male to female, reversed
- HCA-52, female to female, reversed (standard)
- HCA-53, Z150 Centronics (same as HCA-20)
- HCA-100-PC, female to female, reversed (short version of HCA-52)
-
- Printer dip switches
-
- Any special printer dip switches settings recommended. These are
- indicated by a little drawing similar to the following:
-
- 01234567
- --------
- 0|X X XX|
- 1| X XX |
- -------
-
- The numbers across the top and down the side are usually marked on the
- switch itself. The 'X' indicates where the switch should be.
-
- The normal serial communications for all Zenith software is 8 data
- bits, no parity, 1 stop bit. The LINE FEED is provided automatically by all
- software so any printer settings must not provide and automatic CARRIAGE
- RETURN or LINE FEED.
-
- Special support packages/problems
-
- Any special problems with particular software packages, ROM version
- or whatever.
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: MPI-99
-
- Printer name: MPI99
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, graphics
-
- Interface type: Parallel
-
- Connector type: nonstandard
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89-11 NA
- Z100 MPA-1 (Ap-Pak) or MPA-10
- Z150 MPA-10
-
- Printer dip switches:
-
- SW1 (on the left)
-
- 1234567
- -------
- off|X XXXXX|
- on | X |
- -------
-
- SW2
-
- 1234567
- -------
- off|XXXX |
- on | XXX|
- -------
-
- Special support packages/problems:
-
- Serial operation is available but not supported by Zenith.
- WS note: not a backspacing printer.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: MPI-150 (Parallel)
-
- Printer name: MPI150 parallel
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, graphics
-
- Interface type: Parallel
-
- Connector type: nonstandard
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89-11 NA
- Z100 MPA-1 (Ap-Pak) or MPA-10
- Z150 MPA-10
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: MPI-150 (with MPI-150-2 serial adapter)
-
- Printer name: MPI150 serial
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, graphics
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, ? RTS positive
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male) on attached cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 attached
- Z100 attached
- Z150 HCA-100-PC adapter cable
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: MX-80 (Parallel)
-
- Printer name: MX80 parallel
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, graphics characters
-
- Interface type: Parallel
-
- Connector type: Centronics
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89-11 HCA-14
- Z100 HCA-53
- Z150 HCA-53
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: MX-80 (with MX-80-2 serial interface)
-
- Printer name: MX80 serial
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, graphics characters
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, DTR positive
-
- Connector type: DB25 DCE(female) nonstandard
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 HCA-10
- Z100 HCA-10
- Z150 HCA-51
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: MX-80-A (Parallel)
-
- Printer name: MX80A parallel (GrafTrax)
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, graphics
-
- Interface type: Parallel
-
- Connector type: Centronics
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89-11 HCA-14
- Z100 HCA-53
- Z150 HCA-53
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: MX-80-A (with MX-80-3 buffered serial interface)
-
- Printer name: MX80A serial (Graftrax)
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, graphics
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, DTR positive
-
- Connector type: DB25 DCE(female) nonstandard
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 HCA-10
- Z100 HCA-10
- Z150 HCA-51
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: OKI-83-A
-
- Printer name: Okidata 83A
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, graphics
-
- Interface type: Parallel
-
- Connector type: Centronics
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89-11 HCA-14
- Z100 HCA-53
- Z150 HCA-53
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: H-14, WH-14
-
- Printer name: H14
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, ASCII only
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, RTS negative
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male) on an attached cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 attached
- Z100 attached
- Z150 HCA-100-PC adapter cable
-
- Printer dip switches:
-
- 76543210
- --------
- 1| XXXXXX|
- 0|XX |
- --------
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-24
-
- Printer name: TI810
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, ASCII only
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, RTS negative
-
- Connector type: cable supplied
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 supplied
- Z100 supplied
- Z150 HCA-100-PC adapter
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-34
-
- Printer name: DEC LA34
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, ASCII only
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 300 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, no handshaking
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male)
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 HCA-11
- Z100 HCA-11
- Z150 HCA-52
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-36
-
- Printer name: DEC LA36
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, ASCII only
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 300 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, no handshaking
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male)
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 HCA-11
- Z100 HCA-11
- Z150 HCA-52
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-44
-
- Printer name: Diablo 1640 KSR
-
- Printer type: Printwheel
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, ETX/ACK protocol
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male) on an attached cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 attached
- Z100 attached
- Z150 HCA-100-PC adapter
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-44-A
-
- Printer name: Diablo 1640 RO
-
- Printer type: Printwheel
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, ETX/ACK protocol
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male) on attached cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 attached
- Z100 attached
- Z150 HCA-100-PC adapter
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-54
-
- Printer name: Diablo 630 SPI ?
-
- Printer type: Printwheel
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, ETX/ACK protocol
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male) on supplied cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 supplied
- Z100 supplied
- Z150 HCA-100-PC adapter
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-54-A
-
- Printer name: Diablo 630 API serial?
-
- Printer type: Printwheel
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 1200 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, ETX/ACK protocol
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male) on supplied cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 supplied
- Z100 supplied
- Z150 HCA-100-PC adapter
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-54-B
-
- Printer name: Diablo 630 API parallel
-
- Printer type: Printwheel
-
- Interface type: Parallel
-
- Connector type: nonstandard supplied cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 NA
- Z100 supplied
- Z150 supplied
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-55
-
- Printer name: Diablo 620
-
- Printer type: Printwheel
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 300 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, DC1/DC3 protocol
-
- Connector type: nonstandard attached cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 none
- Z100 none
- Z150 HCA-100-PC adapter
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems:
-
- Parallel operation is available but not supported by Zenith.
-
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-64 (Parallel)
-
- Printer name: TI-855 parallel
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, ?
-
- Interface type: Parallel
-
- Connector type: nonstandard
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89-11 NA
- Z100 HCA-22
- Z150 HCA-22
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-64 (Serial)
-
- Printer name: TI-855 serial
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, ?
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- Connector type: nonstandard
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89-11 HCA-24
- Z100 HCA-24
- Z150 HCA-24 and HCA-100-PC adapter
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: WH-84
-
- Printer name: Qume Sprint 11
-
- Printer type: Printwheel
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, DTR positive
-
- Connector type: DB25 DCE(female) on an attached cable
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 NA
- Z100 NA
- Z150 attached
-
- Printer dip switches: ?
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Model number: Z-25, H-25, Z-125, H-125
-
- Printer name: Z25
-
- Printer type: Dot-matrix, VT52 graphics characters
-
- Interface type: Serial
-
- 4800 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, RTS positive
-
- Connector type: DB25 DTE(male)
-
- Connecting cable required:
-
- Z89 HCA-11
- Z100 HCA-11
- Z150 HCA-52
-
- Printer dip switches:
-
- 76543210 76543210 76543210
- -------- -------- --------
- | XX | X | |1
- |XXXXX X|XXX XXXX|XXXXXXXX|0
- -------- -------- --------
-
- Special support packages/problems: ?
-
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
- = MHB =
- Z89/90 computer related information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Explanation of differences 96tpi drives and 48tpi 04/06/82 1k
- * - Download all menu categories 1k
- = MHBA =
- Explanation of differences 96tpi drives and 48tpi
- -----
- April 6, 1982
-
- Question: I "CONFIGUR"ed my 96tpi drives for 48tpi and "DUP"ed my
- distribution disks. Why can't I read the copies in my 48tpi drive?
-
- Answer: The "CONFIGUR" utility allows you to select either 96tpi or
- 48tpi because there are both types of drives available. The option you
- select must match the type of drive that you are using for proper operation.
- 48tpi disks created on a 48tpi drive can be properly read on a 96tpi drive.
- Neither 96tpi disks nor 48tpi disks created on a 96tpi drive can be properly
- read on a 48tpi drive.
- = MHC =
- Z100 computer related information
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Simulate Z89 OFF-LINE key on the Z100 01/10/84 3k
- B - Z-100 software character font (ALTCHAR.SYS) 06/16/83 12k
- C - Z100 winchester utilities use 02/14/84 2k
- D - Z100 demonstration disk locks up after 20 minutes 01/05/84 1k
- E - Compatibility between Z100 and IBM PC 12/30/83 15k
- * - Download all menu categories 33k
- = MHCA =
- Simulate Z89 OFF-LINE key on the Z100
- -----
- January 10, 1984 #73
-
- Question: The H/Z-89 computer has the OFF-LINE key which, when
- depressed, allows the user to enter certain escape code sequences from the
- keyboard. The Z100 computer, on the other hand, does not have the OFF-LINE
- key nor an equivalent. How can I enter escape codes on the Z100?
-
- Answer: One possible way of doing this with ZDOS is to implement the
- following program:
-
- PGMSEG SEGMENT
- ASSUME CS:PGMSEG
- ORG 100H
- START: MOV AH,1 ; function #1 (keyboard input)
- INT 21H ; call ZDOS
- JMP START ; typing CTRL-C will terminate
- PSMSEG ENDS
- END START
-
- The above program can be entered into your computer using EDLIN. Once this is
- complete enter the following commands to produce an executable version of the
- program:
-
- A>MASM FNAME;
- A>LINK FNAME;
- A>EXE2BIN FNAME.EXE FNAME.COM
-
- FNAME is the file's name, and MASM, LINK and EXE2BIN are programs which can be
- found on the ZDOS distribution disk 1. To run the program, type FNAME,
- return, and then any escape code sequences you wish. Type CTRL-C when you are
- done.
-
- If you are using CP/M-85, a similar approach can be taken. Enter the
- following program into your computer:
-
- ORG 100H
- START: MVI E,OFFH ;set up for
- MVI C,6 ;direct console input
- CALL 5 ;call bdos
- ANA A ;check for character
- JZ START ;loop until character pressed
- CPI 3 ;was CTRL-C pressed?
- RZ ;yes - return to OS
- MOV E,A ;set up for
- MVI C,6 ;direct console output
- CALL 5 ;call bdos
- JMP START ;typing CTRL-C will terminate
- END START
-
- To produce an executable version of the program, enter the commands:
-
- A>ASM FNAME
- A>LOAD FNAME
-
- FNAME is as described above, and ASM and LOAD can be found on the CP/M-85
- distribution disk 1.
-
- Both programs operate simply by echoing to the screen all characters entered
- on the keyboard. The programs are necessary because the operating systems
- will alter some characters (the escape character, for example) before echoing
- them.
- = MHCB =
- Z-100 software character font (ALTCHAR.SYS)
- -----
- June 16, 1983 #53
-
- Question: What is in the ALTCHAR.SYS file?
-
- Answer: The H/Z100 series of computer has a software definable
- keyboard and character set. There are default system tables set up to
- configure the keyboard and character set when the system is turned on. When
- the system is booted this configuration can be changed. The Z-DOS and CP/M-
- 85 operating systems use a binary data file called ALTCHAR.SYS which
- specifies what changes are desired to the default system tables.
- ALTCHAR.SYS is read only at boot time and allows changes to the keyboard
- layout, the character set and the display characters. These changes
- remain in effect only until the computer is rebooted or powered down. The
- following information is found in part in Volume 2, Appendix N of the Z-DOS
- operating system manual and also in Volume 1, Appendix C of the CP/M-85
- operating system manual.
-
- Alternate character set operation
-
- With each operating system there are several predefined alternate
- character sets. Most of these are for foreign languages. Only the file
- named ALTCHAR.SYS will be actually used at boot time. The other files which
- are not being used usually have the extension '.CHR'. The file
- GRAPHICS.CHR is usually copied to ALTCHAR.SYS as the alternate character
- file. It is called 'GRAPHICS' because the H19 graphics characters are not
- part of the default character set and are available only by software
- definition. This means that if you have no ALTCHAR.SYS file on the boot
- disk there are not any graphics characters defined.
-
- Alternate character file format
-
- The format of the ALTCHAR.SYS files is identical in both CP/M-85 and
- Z-DOS. The format of an alternate character file consists of three parts:
- the keyboard mapper, the font plotter and the display mapper. Each of these
- parts will be presented individually.
-
- Keyboard mapper
-
- The keyboard mapper changes the default keyboard map to allow any
- key to be changed to look like any other key on the keyboard. The key codes
- used in the keyboard mapper are found in the Z100 User's Manual, Appendix B,
- page 10 under the heading, Chart Two: Key Codes. The columns labelled DOWN
- CODE and UP CODE do not apply to this discussion.
-
- Layout
-
- The keyboard mapper consists of any number of two byte entries. The
- first byte is the key code that you wish to change and the second is the key
- code that it should be changed to. The keyboard mapper ends when the two
- byte entry contains hexadecimal FFFF. The GRAPHICS.CHR file does not make
- any changes to the keyboard mapper so the first two bytes of the file are
- hexadecimal FFFF.
-
- Example
-
- The following bytes would create a keyboard mapper that changes the
- DELETE key to work exactly the same as the BACKSPACE key: 7F 08 FF FF.
-
- Font plotter
-
- The font plotter allows a new shape for a character to be specified
- in the default font table. The font plotter and the display mapper
- (described later) are based on a display index. The display index for the
- normal ASCII character is calculated by subtracting decimal 32 from the
- decimal value of the character. This was done so that the first displayable
- character which is a space (decimal 32) would have an index of 0. The
- display index for the graphics characters is found by adding decimal 2 to
- the decimal value of the equivalent ASCII character. This gives the
- graphics characters index values starting at 96 after the last of the
- standard ASCII characters. For example the space character would have a
- display index of 0, the letter A would be 33 (021H), the graphics large dot
- would be 96 (060H) and the graphics down arrow would be 109 (06DH).
-
- Layout
-
- The font plotter begins immediately after the keyboard mapper and
- consists of groups of ten bytes describing the new characters. The first
- byte is the display index of the character that is being specified. The
- remaining 9 bytes describes how the character should be drawn. Each byte
- indicates which pixel should be set for the eight pixels of each of the nine
- scan lines that make a character. When the display index is 255 (0FFH) the
- font plotter ends and the next byte begins the display mapper.
-
- Example
-
- This example will show how to derive a font description for the
- letters 'Y', 'y' and the graphics character for the paragraph marker. These
- letters have the decimal ASCII value of 89, 121 and graphics equivalent of
- 126. These translate to display index values of 57(029H), 89 (059H) and 128
- (080H).
-
- ----------------------------
- | | | |
- | * * | | **** |
- | * * | | **** |
- | * * | * * | **** |
- | * | * * | *** |
- | * | * ** | ** |
- | * | ** * | ** |
- | * | * | |
- | | *** | |
- ----------------------------
-
- When the off pixels are encoded as a zero and the on pixels encoded as
- a one this plot can be changed to ones and zeros as shown below. Then the
- following values can be calculated by performing a binary to hexadecimal
- conversion:
-
- ---------- ---------- ----------
- |00000000| 00 |00000000| 00 |00000000| 00
- |00100010| 22 |00000000| 00 |00011110| 1E
- |00100010| 22 |00000000| 00 |00111100| 3C
- |00010100| 14 |00100010| 22 |00111100| 3C
- |00001000| 08 |00100010| 22 |00011100| 1C
- |00001000| 08 |00100110| 26 |00001100| 0C
- |00001000| 08 |00011010| 1A |00001100| 0C
- |00001000| 08 |00000010| 02 |00000000| 00
- |00000000| 00 |00011100| 1C |00000000| 00
- ---------- ---------- ----------
-
- These values combined with the display index would create a font
- plotter with the following values: 29 00 22 22 14 08 08 08 08 00 59 00 00 00
- 22 22 26 1A 02 1C 80 00 1E 3C 3C 1C 0C 0C 00 00 FF.
-
- Display mapper
-
- The display mapper allows you to change the default display map which
- controls which character from the font table gets plotted on the screen. The
- display mapper also uses the display index described under the font plotter.
- Changes to the display mapper are normally only useful to provide mapping for
- the graphics characters. The default display map has the graphics characters
- mapped back to their ASCII equivalent characters. The GRAPHICS.CHR file has a
- display mapper which maps all the graphics characters in a one to one
- correspondence to themselves otherwise they would not print even if they were
- defined in the font plotter.
-
- Layout
-
- The display mapper begins immediately after the font plotter. The
- layout of the display mapper is identical to the keyboard mapper except that
- the values used are for display index not key code.
-
- Example
-
- In order for the previously described graphics character (paragraph
- marker) to be used we have to specify it in the display map as follows: 80 80
- FF FF.
-
- Summary
-
- Useage of the standard alternate character files is accomplished by
- copying the desired file over the file ALTCHAR.SYS and then rebooting the
- computer. Many of the foreign language keyboards are significantly different
- and unless you are familiar with them they will be difficult to use for even
- the simplest commands. Please be careful!
-
- Creating an alternate character file
-
- It is possible to design your own alternate character file for any
- particular keyboard layout or character set that you desire. Care must be
- taken to design correctly for your intended useage or problems will result.
-
- Design layout
-
- First you must decide what changes you desire to the each of the three
- sections of the alternate character file described above. Write these out in
- the proper format and enter them into a file. Copy the file over ALTCHAR.SYS,
- reboot the computer and your new alternate character file is implemented.
-
- Example
-
- The entire contents of an alternate character file to do all the
- things described above, combined into a complete file, would have the
- following data in it:
-
- 7F 08 FF FF 29 00 22 22 14 08 08 08 08 00 59 00 00 00 22 22 26 1A 02 1C 80 00
- 1E 3C 3C 1C 0C 0C 00 00 FF 80 80 FF FF
-
- Since this is a binary data file it cannot be created with a standard
- character editor. One possible way to create it would be with DDT under
- CP/M-85 or DEBUG under Z-DOS.
-
- The following instructions would create an alternate character file
- using the information described above by using DEBUG under Z-DOS. This
- example shows exactly how the operation would appear except for added comments
- which are enclosed in parenthesis. Some of the values shown may be different
- on your system but the user input face should always be entered exactly as
- shown.
-
- A:DEBUG
-
- DEBUG version 1.08
- >E100
- 09D3:0100 FF.7F FF.08 FF.FF FF.FF FF.29 FF.00 FF.22 FF.22
- 09D3:0108 FF.14 FF.08 FF.08 FF.08 FF.08 FF.00 FF.59 FF.00
- 09D3:0110 FF.00 FF.00 FF.22 FF.22 FF.26 FF.1A FF.02 FF.1C
- 09D3:0116 FF.80 FF.00 FF.1E FF.3C FF.3C FF.1C FF.0C FF.0C
- 09D3:0120 FF.00 FF.00 FF.FF FF.80 FF.80 FF.FF FF.FF
- (All values entered as shown with one space entered between them and no
- carriage return until after the last one is entered.)
- >RCX
- CX 0000
- :27
- (Enter the hexadecimal count of the number of bytes entered above which is
- 027H in this example.)
- >Nsample.chr
- (Enter the name of a file.)
- :W
- Writing 0027 bytes
- :Q
-
- A:
-
- The following instructions would create an alternate character file
- using the information described above by using DDT under CP/M-85. This
- example shows exactly how the operation would appear except for added comments
- which are enclosed in parenthesis. Some of the values shown may be different
- on your system but the user input should always be entered exactly as shown.
-
- A>DDT
- DDT VERS 2.2
- -s100
- 0100 ?? 7F (key code for delete)
- 0102 ?? 08 (change to key code for backspace)
- 0103 ?? FF (end of the keyboard mapper)
- 0104 ?? FF (end of the keyboard mapper)
- 0105 ?? 29 (display index for 'Y')
- 0106 ?? 00 (description of scan line 1 for 'Y')
- 0107 ?? 22 (description of scan line 2 for 'Y')
- 0108 ?? 22 (description of scan line 3 for 'Y')
- 0109 ?? 14 (description of scan line 4 for 'Y')
- 010A ?? 08 (description of scan line 5 for 'Y')
- 010B ?? 08 (description of scan line 6 for 'Y')
- 010C ?? 08 (description of scan line 7 for 'Y')
- 010D ?? 08 (description of scan line 8 for 'Y')
- 010E ?? 00 (description of scan line 9 for 'Y')
- 010F ?? 59 (display index for 'y')
- 0110 ?? 00 (description of scan line 1 for 'y')
- 0111 ?? 00 (description of scan line 2 for 'y')
- 0112 ?? 00 (description of scan line 3 for 'y')
- 0113 ?? 22 (description of scan line 4 for 'y')
- 0114 ?? 22 (description of scan line 5 for 'y')
- 0115 ?? 26 (description of scan line 6 for 'y')
- 0116 ?? 1A (description of scan line 7 for 'y')
- 0117 ?? 02 (description of scan line 8 for 'y')
- 0118 ?? 1C (description of scan line 9 for 'y')
- 0119 ?? 80 (display index for paragraph mark)
- 011A ?? 00 (description of scan line 1)
- 011B ?? 1E (description of scan line 2)
- 011C ?? 3C (description of scan line 3)
- 011D ?? 3C (description of scan line 4)
- 011E ?? 1C (description of scan line 5)
- 011F ?? 0C (description of scan line 6)
- 0120 ?? 0C (description of scan line 7)
- 0121 ?? 00 (description of scan line 8)
- 0122 ?? 00 (description of scan line 9)
- 0123 ?? FF (end of font plotter)
- 0124 ?? 80 (display index for paragraph mark)
- 0125 ?? 80 (display index for paragraph mark)
- 0126 ?? FF (end of display mapper)
- 0127 ?? FF (end of display mapper)
- 0128 ?? .
- (All values entered as shown with carriage return between them and period,
- carriage return when they are all entered.)
- -G0
-
- A>SAVE 1 sample.chr
- (Where the '1' is the decimal number of 256 byte pages to save in the file.)
-
- For a more complete understanding and description of the above DEBUG,
- DDT and SAVE procedures refer to the individual descriptions in your operating
- system manuals.
- = MHCC =
- Z100 winchester utilities use
- -----
- February 14, 1984 #48
-
- Question: Could you please explain the proper use of the SHIP utility
- found on the Z-100 winchester utilities disk?
-
- Answer: The SHIP utility is designed to move the head on the
- winchester disk to a location where physical contact between the head and
- recorded information is not likely when the head rests on the surface of the
- disk. Using the SHIP utility is imperative if the unit is going to be moved
- or receive any physical shock. It would also be helpful to use the SHIP
- utility every time the system is powered down though this is not imperative.
-
- The correct address must be given when SHIP prompts (14F for the
- Miniscribe mod II 2012 normally found in the Z-100). If only the RETURN is
- pressed that is the same as specifying address 0 which is the most sensitive
- track of all and the worst possible place to leave the heads.
-
- Contrary to what it says in the manuals the SHIP utility can be copied
- onto a Z-DOS partition as long as you realize that after this utility is run
- the only way to use the system is to reboot the computer. A batch file called
- END.BAT could be created to remind you of the shipping address as follows:
-
- rem the shipping address is 14f.
- rem do not just press return when the address is requested.
- ship
-
- None of the other programs from the winchester utilities disk should
- be copied onto the winchester since accidental misuse of these programs can
- cause serious harm to data on the winchester. In particular be careful not to
- copy the system from the utilities disk. This is not a standard Z-DOS system
- and will not perform even simple things like a COPY command.
- = MHCD =
- Z100 demonstration disk locks up after 20 minutes
- -----
- January 5, 1984 #49
-
- Question: I made a copy of my Z-100 demonstration disk, but after I
- use it for about 20 minutes the computer locks up and I have to reboot.
-
- Answer: When you made the copy you may not have formatted a blank
- disk. The Format Utility in ZDOS puts the system tracks on the disk using
- your Z-DOS system software. It should also be noted that the version of Z-
- BASIC on the Z-100 Demo disk is not compatible with the current version of Z-
- DOS on the Z-DOS distribution disk. This is the cause of the lockup.
- = MHCE =
- Compatibility between Z100 and IBM PC
- -----
- December 30, 1983 #50
-
- COMPATIBILITY OF ZENITH'S Z-100 WITH THE IBM PERSONAL COMPUTER.
-
- I. General Information Regarding Z-100 vs. IBM-PC Compatibility
-
- 8088 CPU Compatibility
-
- The Z-100 and the IBM-PC systems offer a high degree of compatability. They
- are both based on the Intel 8088 microprocessor and both use the same
- operating system (MS-DOS) from Microsoft. The ZDS/Heath version is called Z-
- DOS and is version 1.25, while the PC version is called PC-DOS and is version
- 1.10.
-
- Internal Speed Compatability
-
- Both the Z-100 and the IBM-PC operate at an internal clock rate of 5 mHZ.
-
- Disk Format Compatability
-
- The Z-100 can read any disk generated on the current IBM-PC. The IBM-PC
- currently supports single- and double-sided, double-density, 48 tpi disk
- drives as standard. Although any diskette written on the IBM-PC can be read
- on the Z-100, it does not necessarily follow that programs written for the
- IBM-PC will always operate without modification on the Z-100.
- The fact that IBM-PC disk formats are compatible does permit software
- developers (who have access to program source code) to transfer their programs
- to the Z-100 for development. Parts III and IV of this newsletter expand on
- guidelines to be followed by software developers when transporting programs
- from the IBM-PC to the Z-100.
- Because of the compatability of disk formats, all data files can be
- readily transferred from the IBM-PC to the Z-100. Additionally, Zenith
- provides a utility, under Z-DOS, to read CP/M formatted disks and convert the
- files on those disks to the new Z-DOS format. The utility, RDCPM (read CP/M)
- can ready any of the 5.25 inch soft-sectored disk formats generated under the
- ZDS/HEATH CP/M 2.2 product as well as the standard single-sided, single-
- density 8 inch format. This added utility is especially important for any
- users who want to transfer Wordstar documents or Condor data base files,
- generated under CP/M 2.2, for use under Z-DOS.
-
- BZ-100 Keyboard vs. the IBM-PC Keyboard
-
- The Z-100 and the IBM-PC keyboards differ significantly in actual key layout,
- key labeling, special function keys offered, and in the codes transmitted to
- the machine when the keys are pressed. The following manuals should be
- referenced by software developers to identify the specific differences
- concerning keyboard functionality:
-
- ZDS/HEATH
- Z-DOS Volume II, Appendix 0
- Z-100 Users Manual, Appendix B
-
- IBM
- Personal Computer Technical
- Reference, Appendix C
-
- Z-BASIC does not support the ALT<key> combination which allows single-key
- entry of certain IBM-PC BASICA keywords, beyond the use of soft keys listed
- below.
-
- II. IBM Software Products That Run On The Z-100
-
- As of this date, two IBM software products have been identified as running
- without change on the Z-100. They are:
-
- Pascal (60224010)
- Macro Assembler (6024002)(on a 192K Z-100)
-
- Additional testing is underway to determine if any other IBM-PC software
- rrMf1atsH! name. The COBOL
- file system ignores the case of the letters of the file name and always uses
- the CP/M standard uppercase.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. FILETEST.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 FILE-NAME PIC X(20).
- 01 FILE-STATUS PIC XX.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- MAINLINE-START.
- DISPLAY 'Input the file name to test.'.
- ACCEPT FILE-NAME.
- CALL 'FILENQ' USING FILE-STATUS FILE-NAME.
- IF FILE-STATUS = '00'
- DISPLAY 'FILE EXISTS'
- ELSE IF FILE-STATUS = '30'
- DISPLAY 'FILE DOES NOT EXIST'
- ELSE
- DISPLAY 'FILE-STATUS' FILE-STATUS.
- MAINLINE-STOP.
- EXIT PROGRAM.
- = MGFBB =
- How to use the DEBUG procedure
- -----
- February 14, 1984 #33
-
- Question: Could you please explain the proper use of the DEBUG
- procedure available on the COBOL-80 update (version 4.6)?
-
- Answer: The DEBUG procedure is used by linking in the DEBUG.REL
- file into the COBOL program. When this is done and the program is run it
- begins in DEBUG mode. Nothing else is changed in the program or the
- compile. The L80 command would be as follows:
-
- L80 PROG,DEBUG,PROG/N/E
-
- instead of the usual:
-
- L80 PROG,PROG/N/E
-
- where PROG is the name of the program.
- = MGFBC =
- Run-time error reading files not created by COBOL
- -----
- December 29, 1983 #32
-
- Question: How do I solve the problem flagged as a run-time error
- when reading a COBOL sequential file created by a text editor or word
- processor?
-
- Answer: There are two ways to solve this problem:
-
- a. Use the "organization is line-sequential" clause in the select statement.
- b. Use the SEQCVT program to convert your files from line-sequential to
- sequential format.
- = MGFBD =
- Using escape codes from COBOL
- -----
- June 8, 1983 #26
-
- Question: How can I output terminal control codes from COBOL?
-
- Answer: The following program gives a simple demonstration of the
- use of terminal control codes.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. CHRTST.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 ASC-ESC PIC 99 COMP VALUE 27.
- 01 FILLER REDEFINES ASC-ESC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X.
- 02 CHR-ESC PIC X.
- 01 CHR-F.
- 02 CHR-ESCF PIC X.
- 02 FILLER PIC X VALUE 'F'.
- 01 CHR-G.
- 02 CHR-ESCG PIC X.
- 02 FILLER PIC X VALUE 'G'.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- MAINLINE-START.
- DISPLAY 'graphics characters'.
- MOVE CHR-ESC TO CHR-ESCF.
- MOVE CHR-ESC TO CHR-ESCG.
- DISPLAY CHR-F.
- DISPLAY 'fac'.
- DISPLAY "`b`".
- DISPLAY 'ead'.
- DISPLAY CHR-G.
- DISPLAY 'normal characters'.
- MAINLINE-STOP.
- STOP RUN.
- = MGFBE =
- Example of printer output from COBOL
- -----
- January 13, 1983 #20
-
- Question: Could you give a complete example of how to send
- information to the printer from a COBOL program?
-
- Answer: The following two examples show all the basic structure
- required to send information to the printer using two different methods. It
- also demonstrates reading a CP/M format file.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. READ1.
- * This program will read any ASCII CP/M format file and
- * display it on the LST: device using the DISPLAY verb
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- CONFIGURATION SECTION.
- SPECIAL-NAMES.
- PRINTER IS LST-DEVICE.
- INPUT-OUTPUT SECTION.
- FILE-CONTROL.
- SELECT IN-FILE ASSIGN TO DISK
- STATUS FILE-FLAG
- ACCESS SEQUENTIAL
- ORGANIZATION LINE SEQUENTIAL.
- DATA DIVISION.
- FILE SECTION.
- FD IN-FILE
- VALUE OF FILE-ID FILE-NAME
- LABEL RECORD STANDARD.
- 01 FILE-REC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X(80).
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 FILE-FLAG PIC XX.
- 01 FILE-NAME PIC X(20).
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- START-STOP SECTION.
- START-RUN.
- ACCEPT FILE-NAME.
- OPEN INPUT IN-FILE.
- PERFORM READ-FILE
- UNTIL FILE-FLAG = "10".
- CLOSE IN-FILE.
- STOP-RUN.
- STOP RUN.
- READ-FILE SECTION.
- READ-FILE-START.
- READ IN-FILE.
- IF FILE-FLAG = "00"
- DISPLAY FILE-REC UPON LST-DEVICE.
- READ-FILE-STOP.
- EXIT.
-
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. READ2.
- * This program will read any ASCII CP/M format file and
- * display it on the LST: device using the WRITE verb
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- INPUT-OUTPUT SECTION.
- FILE-CONTROL.
- SELECT IN-FILE ASSIGN TO DISK
- STATUS FILE-FLAG
- ACCESS SEQUENTIAL
- ORGANIZATION LINE SEQUENTIAL.
- SELECT PRINT-FILE ASSIGN TO PRINTER.
- DATA DIVISION.
- FILE SECTION.
- FD IN-FILE
- VALUE OF FILE-ID FILE-NAME
- LABEL RECORD STANDARD.
- 01 FILE-REC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X(80).
- FD PRINT-FILE
- LABEL RECORD OMITTED.
- 01 PRINT-REC.
- 02 FILLER PIC X(80).
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 FILE-FLAG PIC XX.
- 01 FILE-NAME PIC X(20).
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- START-STOP SECTION.
- START-RUN.
- ACCEPT FILE-NAME.
- OPEN INPUT IN-FILE.
- OPEN OUTPUT PRINT-FILE.
- PERFORM READ-FILE
- UNTIL FILE-FLAG = "10".
- CLOSE IN-FILE.
- CLOSE PRINT-FILE.
- STOP-RUN.
- STOP RUN.
- READ-FILE SECTION.
- READ-FILE-START.
- READ IN-FILE.
- IF FILE-FLAG = "00"
- WRITE PRINT-REC FROM FILE-REC.
- READ-FILE-STOP.
- EXIT.
- = MGFBF =
- Example of program CHAINing
- -----
- December 23, 1982 #19
-
- Question: Could you give a complete example of how to CHAIN from
- one COBOL program to another while passing arguments?
-
- Answer: The following simple example shows all the basic structure
- required to chain a COBOL program while passing arguments.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. CHAIN1.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 CHAIN-ARG PIC XXXXXX VALUE 'chain1'.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- START-RUN.
- DISPLAY 'chain1 start'.
- CHAIN 'CHAIN2.COM ' USING CHAIN-ARG.
- DISPLAY 'program does not return'
- STOP RUN.
-
- IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
- PROGRAM-ID. CHAIN2.
- ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
- DATA DIVISION.
- WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
- 01 CHAIN-ARG PIC XXXXXX.
- PROCEDURE DIVISION CHAINING CHAIN-ARG.
- MAINLINE SECTION.
- START-RUN.
- DISPLAY 'chain2 start'.
- DISPLAY CHAIN-ARG.
- DISPLAY 'chain2 stop'.
- STOP RUN.
- = MGFC =
- HMS-8?7-31 HDOS COBOL-80
- -----
- December 29, 1983 #30
-
- Question: When using my new HDOS COBOL Compiler, the screen output
- does not appear to be working correctly. I use direct cursor addressing a
- great deal and my data is not going where I expect on the screen.
-
- Answer: Because HDOS uses device driver I/O, you must use the SET
- program to adjust the terminal width to 255. The command line to do this
- is: "SET TT:WIDTH 255". Some other options for this command can be found
- in Table E of Chapter II, HDOS System General Operations Manual.
- = MGG =
- PASCAL languages
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - MS-463-5 Z-100 PASCAL-86 12/14/84 3k
- B - DR-253-5 PASCAL MT+ 12/17/83 1k
- * - Download all the menu categories 4k
- = MGGA =
- MS-463-5 Z-100 PASCAL-86
- -----
- February 14, 1984 #75
-
- Question: How does one perform direct console I/O using PASCAL-86?
-
- Answer: The PASCAL-86 equivalent of direct console i/o is the
- terminal mode file. The following sample program demonstrates the terminal
- mode file. It clears the screen and echoes all characters typed until CTRL
- Z is entered:
-
- PROGRAM termio;
- CONST
- esc=CHR(27);
- ctlz=CHR(26);
- nul=chr(0);
- VAR
- conin : FILE OF CHAR;
- conout: FILE OF CHAR;
- BEGIN {PROGRAM termio}
- ASSIGN(conin,'CON');
- RESET(conin);
- ASSIGN(conout,'CON');
- REWRITE(conout);
- WRITE(conout,esc,'E');
- WHILE(conin^<>ctlz) DO
- BEGIN
- IF(conin^<>nul) THEN
- BEGIN
- conout^ := conin^;
- PUT(conout);
- END;
- GET(conin);
- END;
- END. {PROGRAM termio}
- = MGGB =
- DR-253-5 PASCAL MT+
- -----
- December 17, 1983 #27
-
- Question: When using PASCAL/MT+ I sometimes get 'undefined
- symbol(s)' when linking my program.
-
- Answer: In all probability, your program references a function not
- found in PASLIB.ERL... See page 2-15 of the Programmer's Guide for a list of
- functions and their corresponding .ERL files that must be present on the
- disk and must be included in the link command line.
-
- For instance, if you were to link the sample RANDOM I/O program on page 7-14
- without including the module RANDOMIO.ERL, two undefined symbols, SEEKWRITE
- and SEEKREAD would be flagged. Therefore, the proper syntax would be:
-
- LINKMT MYPRO,RANDOMINO,PASLIB/S
- = MGH =
- Assembly languages
-
- Select an entry from the list for more information on:
-
- ----- Topic ----- Last Updated Size
-
- A - Z-DOS MASM86 01/10/84 3k
- B - HDOS ASM 12/29/84 1k
- C - MS-DOS version 2 Programmers Utility Pack 01/18/85 4k
- * - Download all the menu categories 8k
- = MGHA =
- Z-DOS MASM86
- -----
- January 10, 1984 #72
-
- Question: Given an X, Y coordinate, how can I access a single pixel
- on the Z-100 video screen within an assembly language program?
-
- Answer: The first thing that must be done is to enable access to
- video memory. This is done by reading port OD8H, ANDing the value read with
- O7FH and then writing the result back to port OD8H.
-
- The next step is to form the address of the byte containing the
- desired pixel from the X,Y coordinate. The video display is organized as
- 640 pixels or 80 bytes horizontally, by 225 pixels vertically. The 225
- vertical lines are organized into 25 rows of 9 scan lines each. Assuming
- that the X ordinate is in the range 0 to 639 and the Y ordinate 0 to 224,
- the 16 bit address can be formed by first dividing the X ordinate by 8,
- saving the remainder and storing the result in bit positions 0 through 6 of
- the address. Next, the Y ordinate should be divided by 9, the remainder
- placed in bit positions 7 through 10, and the result in positions 11 through
- 15 of the address. This resulting address will point to the byte within a
- particular color plane containing the pixel. The remainder from the X
- divide by 8 operations performed above can be used to obtain the bit
- position of the pixel within that byte. The color planes are 64K each, with
- green being at segment EOOOH, red at DOOOH and blue at COOOH. The diagram
- below shows the different fields and their positions within the address.
-
- 15 11 10 7 6 0
-
- Row Line Column
- 0 - 24 0 - 8 0 - 79
-
- The code fragment given below will accomplish the task of "turning
- on" a pixel in the color plane pointed to by register ES. The X ordinate of
- the pixel is passed in register BX, and the Y-ordinate in register AX.
-
- MOV DL,0111B
- AND DL,BL ;DL = Remainder of X/8
- MOV CL,3
- SHR BX,CL ;BX = X/8
- MOV DI,BX ;Save result (bits 0-6)
- MOV BL,9
- DIV BL ;Divide Y by 9
- XCHG AL,AH ;AH=result, AL=remainder
- MOV BX,AX
- AND BX,OFH ;Isolate line number
- MOV CL,7
- SHL BX,CL ;Move it into position
- AND AX,1FOOH ;Isolate row number
- MOV CL,3
- SHL AX,CL ;Move it into position
- OR R
-